DESW015EN

Low Voltage
Catalogue2013
Prisma G
Wall-mounted and floor standing enclosures
for Electrical Distribution up to 630 A
Table of contents
Index
Presentation
Alphabetical index
Catalogue number index
> page 2
> page 4
Overview
> page 10
IEC 61439
standard
Examples of switchboard
configurations
> page 18
> page 22
Functional system Prisma

Functional units
and distribution
Circuit breakers
Switch-disconnect.
> p. 32
> page 32
Accessories
> page 66
> p. 42
Compact
NSX100/630 > p. 32
Easypact
EZC100/400 > p. 36
CVC100/630 > p. 38
Compact
INS-INV250/630
> p. 42
Front plates, rails,

slotted mounting
plates
> p. 66
Fixing
accessories
> p. 68
Manuel srce. changeover

system > p. 44
Circuit breaker Compact

NSX100/250 > p. 44
Switch-discon. Compact
INS-INV250 > p. 45
Fusegear
> p. 46
Fupact INF
> p. 46
Fupact ISFT/
ISFT-N > p. 48
Finishing
parts
> p. 71
Linergy system distribution and connections

Linergy
> page 80
Panorama of
the solution
> p. 80
Linergy Power busbars > p. 82

630 A Linergy BW
insulated busbars
> p. 82
400 A Linergy
BS rear
busbars
> p. 84
630 A Linergy BS
multi-stage
busbars in duct
> p. 85
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
enclosures
presentaion
> page 109
Pack enclosures
Presentation
> page 141
Wall-mounted
Floor standing
enclosures
> p. 112
Combinations
> p. 114
Pack wallmounted
enclosures
> p. 142
Kilowatt-hour meters
> p. 143
Accessories > p. 144
Floor standing enclosures

W850
Additional
information
Functional units
> p. 152
Electrical
characteristics
> page 166
Installation > p. 115

Gland plates > p. 116
Spare-parts > p. 119
Dimensions
> p. 122

Accessories
> p. 154
Standards
> page 174
Distribution
> p. 155
Prisma G
Index
p. 2
Determining catalogue
numbers
Presentation
p. 12
> page 25
Functional system
Modular devices
Other devices
> p. 50
> p. 54
Switchboard incomer > p. 50

Outgoers > p. 51
TeSys, Altistart, Phaseo
> p. 52
> p. 54
Human-switchboard
interface > p. 57
Cable
running
> p. 72
Switchboard
lighting
> p. 74
Power supply block and

connections > p. 60
Power supply block and

connections > p. 60
Connections > p. 62
Partitioning > p. 65
Management of the
internal temperature
> p. 75
p. 29
Functional units
and distribution
> page 32
Accessories
> page 66
Linergy system distribution and connections

Linergy distribution block > p. 88
Linergy DX, Linergy DP,
Linergy DS, Linergy FM
distribution blocks
> p. 88
Linergy FH comb
busbars
> p. 96
Linergy TR, Linergy TB,

Linergy TA terminal
blocks > p. 101
p. 79
Linergy
> page 80
Prisma G enclosures
IP55 enclosures
presentation
> page 125
p. 107
IP55
enclosures
> p. 128
Combinations
> p. 129
Dimensions
> p. 136
Pack enclosures
Linergy system distribution

> p. 147

IP30, IP31, IP43
> p. 157

Gland plates > p. 131
Partial door > p. 132
Side panels > p. 133
Door accessories > p. 134
p. 139
Dimensions
> p. 148
Floor standing
enclosures IP55
> p. 159

Dimensions
W850
> p. 160
p. 151
Enclosure
characteristics
Thermal
characteristics
Practical
Information
> page 179
> page 187
> page 195
Additional
information
p. 165
1
Index
Alphabetical index
Dsignations
A
Additional block
Adhesive labels for mimic diagrams
B
Barrel locks
Blanking plates
Brackets
C
C120
Cable trunking for doors
Cable-tie supports
Canopy
Central uprights
Clip-nuts
Combination
Combination uprights
Compact INS-INV250/630
Compact NSX100/250
Compact NSX400/630
Connections
Connectors
D
Devices 144 x 144
Devices 72 x 72
Devices 96 x 96
Doors
E
Earth blocks
Earthing braid
Easypact EZC100/400
F
Fan
Filters
Fixed lighting
Flush-mounting kit
Front cover support uprights
Front-plate
Fupact INF
Fupact ISFT and ISFT-N
G
Gasket
Gland plates
Grill with filter
Grommets for wiring through front
H
Handles
Heating elements
Hexagonal spacers
Hook-on rail system
Human-switchboard interface
I
iC120
INS100/160
INS40/160
Inserts
Insulated covers
Insulated flexible bars
IP30 enclosures
IP30 wall-mounted and floor standing enclosures
IP55 enclosures
K
L
Lamps
Lifting accessories
Lifting cross-members
Linergy BS
Linergy BW
Linergy DP
Linergy DX
Linergy FH
Linergy FM
Linergy TR
Locks
Version : 4.1
12/04/2013
Pages
90
71
118, 134
145
115
50
73
73, 146
113, 128, 144, 157
120
67
114
114
42
32, 44
34
147
87
59
58, 59
58
128
104
146
36
73
75
74
115
121
56, 66
46
48
113, 144, 157
116, 131, 144
75
73
118, 134
76
68
115
57
50
50
50
118, 134
62
64
112
112, 128
128
143
59
115
115
84, 85
82
90
88
96, 97, 98, 99
94
101, 102, 103
134
1-DESW015EN index
Index
Alphabetical index
Dsignations
M
Metal plate with cut-outs
Modular devices
Modular front-plate
Modular incoming fusegear
Modular rails
Mounting supports
Mounting uprights
Multiple combination
N
Neutral bars
NG125
NG160
P
Padlocking
Partial doors
Partitioning
Plinth cover panel
Plinth gusset
Plinths
Pole
Power Meter
Power supply block
Prefabricated connections
Pushbuttons
R
Rails
Recessed slotted mounting plate
Regulating
Reinforcement cross-members
Resistors
S
Self-tapping screws
Side panels with cut-outs
Source changeover system
Spare-parts
Straps
Switchboard portable lamp
Symbol sheets
T
Tap-off block
Thermostat
Trunking
Trunking spreader
Trunking supports
Universal angle bracket
V
Ventilated front-plate
Vigi C120
Vigi iC120
Vigi NG125
Vigi NG160
Vigilohm
Vigirex
W
Wall mounting
1-DESW015EN index
Version : 4.1
12/04/2013
Pages
116, 131
50
146
50
146
130
145
129
104
50
50
118, 134
117, 132
65
130
130
120
130
58
60
60, 61
59
66
67
76
130
76
67
133
44
119, 120, 135
72
74
71
60, 82
52
76
72
117, 144
72
68
75
50
50
50
50
59
58, 59
145
Index
Cat. no. Designation
Pages
01005
01006
01007
01008
01009
01017
01018
01020
01025
01028
71
71
71
71
71
120
119
146
128, 135
120
01000
01050
01051
01052
01053
01054
01093
01094
01098
01201
01202
01210
01211
01220
01247
01248
01249
01250
01251
01252
01253
01254
01255
01256
01257
01258
01259
01260
01264
01265
Diagram lines, 10 black mimic, W = 900 mm

Diagram outgoing arrows, 10 black mimic
Diagram incoming arrows, 10 black mimic
Diagram transformers, 5 black mimic
Diagram earth symbols, 5 black mimic
Plain IP30 gland plate
Prisma G IP30 accessory
FL21 gland plate for Pack enclosures
IP55 single struts (2), RAL 9001
Combination piece for IP30 33-module Prisma G
floor-standing enclosures
Combination piece for IP30 30-module
Prisma G floor-standing enclosures
Combination piece for IP30 27-module Prisma G
Closing accessories for IP30 Prisma G floor-standing
enclosures
Side for 33-module Prisma G floor-standing enclosures
IP30 Prisma G struts (4)
Prisma G IP30 support plate for duct, W = 300 mm
Side for 6-module Prisma G wall-mounted enclosures
Side for 9-module Prisma G wall-mounted enclosures
Side for 12-module Prisma G wall-mounted
enclosures
enclosures
enclosures
enclosures
enclosures
Accessories for plinth with holes
Accessories for plinth
Plinth front, 600 mm
Self adhesive front plate grips (20)
Accessories quarter turn closing
Washers for rear panel (4) Prisma G
IPxxB clipon covers for Linergy BW (2)
Terminal covers for 200 A Linergy FM (4)
Linergy BW busbar accessories, 160 to 400 A
Linergy BW busbar accessories, 630 A
Prisma G retrofit handle
Set of spare parts for IP55 wall-mounted enclo.
Set of spare parts for IP55 wall-mounted enclo.
IP55 closing system spare parts
Plates uprights AFS Prisma G 6 m
Pack modular device rail AFS
Pack decentered plate 4 m AFS
Pack decentered plate 4.5 m AFS
03001
Modular device rail
03002
Adjustable modular device rail
03003
03004
03005
03006
Recessed modular device rail

Rear modular device rail
DIN rail support (30)
Modular device rail, L = 750 mm
01029
01030
01032
01033
01034
01035
01036
01039
01040
01041
01042
01043
01044
01045
01046
03000

03007
03010
Modular device rail, adjustable, L = 750 mm

Modular device rail, W=250 mm
03011
Adjustable modular device rail, W=250 mm
03030
Mount. plate for horizontal fixed NSX-INS250 with

toggle
Mount. plate for horizontal fixed NSX250 with rotary
handle
Mount. plate for horiz. NSX250 with motor
mechanism/plug-in with toggle
Mount. plate for horiz. fixed Vigi NSX250 with toggle
Mount. plate for vert. fixed NSX250 with toggle
Mount. plate for vert. fixed NSX250 with rotary handle
Mount. plate for NSX-INS250 source changeover
system with rotary handles
Mount. plate for vert. fixed NSX-INS250 with toggle,
W = 250 mm
Mount. plate for vert. fixed NSX-INS250 with rotary
handle, W = 250 mm
Mount. plate for horiz fixed NSX630 with toggle
03031
03032
120
03033
03040
03041
03043
119
03050
113, 120
113, 120
113, 120
119
120
113, 120
113, 120
113, 120
03051
120
113, 120
113, 120
113, 120
113, 120
120
120
120
120
158
66
66
119
82, 147
95, 156
82, 147
82
119
135
135
135
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
146
146
146
37, 50, 51,
59, 66
33, 43, 47,
49, 50, 52,
59, 63, 66
43, 53, 66
52, 53, 66
68
153
Version : 4.1
03070
03073
03074
03080
03081
03102
03104
03105
03113
03114
03120
03121
03122
03123
03124
03125
03126
03152
03154
03155
03156
03157
03158
03159
03160
03164
03165
03166
03170
03171
03172
03173
03175
03176
03177
03178
03180
03181
03182
03183
03185
03186
03187
Pages
153
50, 51, 52,
66
33, 43, 49,
50, 52, 53,
63, 66
32, 38, 42,
152
32, 38
32, 43
32, 38, 152
33, 39, 43
33, 39
44, 45
33, 39, 43
33, 39
34, 40, 42,

152
Mount. plate for vert. fixed NSX-INS630 with toggle
35, 41, 43
Mount. plate for vert. fixed NSX630 with rotary handle 35, 41
Mount. plate for vert. fixed NSX-INS630 with toggle, 35, 41, 43
W = 250 mm
Mount. plate for vert. fixed NSX630 with rotary
35, 41
handle, W = 250 mm
Mounting plate for vertical EZC100, 1P
37
Mounting plate for EZC250 /EZCV250
36, 37
Mounting plate for EZC400
36, 37
Mounting plate for INF32/40
46, 47
Mounting plate for INF63-160
46, 47
Mounting plate for vertical ISFT100
49
Mounting plate for ISFT160
48, 49
Mounting plate for ISFT 100N/160, busbar mounting 49
Mount. plate for vertical ISFT160, W = 250 mm
49
Mounting plate for horizontal ISFT250
48
Mount. plate for vertical ISFT250, W = 250 mm
49
Mounting plate for ISFT100N
49
Mounting plate for 2-meter service connection
54, 143
Front plate for 1 3-phase meter in duct
54, 143
Front plate for 3 1-phase meters
54
Mounting plate for 1 3-phase meter in duct
55
Mounting plate for 3 1-phase meters
54, 143
Front plate for 2 3-phase meters
54
Front plate for Gould 3-phase fuses
50
Mounting plate for 2 x 3-phase meters 6 modules
55
Clip-nuts for DIN rails, 20 M4
67
67
67
Slotted mounting plate, 4 modules, for wall-mounted 67, 154
or floor-standing enclosure
Recessed slotted mounting plate, 4 modules,
53, 67
wall-mount. or fl.-standing encl.
53, 67
67
Slotted mounting plate, 4 modules, W = 250 mm
53, 67
Recessed slotted mount. plate, 4 mod.,
67
W = 250 mm
67
W = 250 mm
67
W = 250 mm
Clip-nuts for slotted mounting plates, 20 M4
67
67
67
Self-tapping screws for functional upright mounting,
67
20 M5
Hexagonal spacers, H = 9 mm, 4 M5
68
68
68
12/04/2013
1-DESW015EN index
Index
Pages
03194
03195
03196
03197
03198
03199
03202
03203
Captive nuts for M6 hexagonal spacers (20)

Hexagonal spacers, H = 40 + 10 mm, 4 M8
Modular front plate, 2 modules
03204
03205
03213
03214
03216
03217
03218
03220

Modular front plate, 3 modules, W = 250 mm
Blanking strip, W = 1000 mm
03221
Divisible blanking plates (4), W = 90 mm
03222
03223
03228
03229
03230
03231
03232
NSX blanking plate elec. trip. unit

Modular front plate, 3 rows
Vertical modular front plate 9 mod.
Vertical modular front plate 12 mod.
Front plate for horizontal NS250, fixed, with toggle
Front plate for horizontal INS250
Front plate for horizontal fixed NSX250 with toggles
and rotary handle
Front plate for horizontal fixed NSX250 with motor
mechanism
Front plate for INS250 source changeover system
with rotary handles
Front plate for NS250, Vigi, fixed, with toggle
Front plate for horizontal INS250, W = 750 mm
Front plate for 3-4 vertical Vigi NSX250 devices with
toggles
Front plate for 3-4 vertical NSX250 devices
Front plate for 3-4 vertical Vigi NSX250 devices with
rotary handles or motor mechanisms
Front plate for vertical NSX250 source changeover
system with rotary handles
Front plate for INS250 complete source changeover
assembly
Front plate for vertical INS250
Blanking plate for vertical NSX-INS/INV250
Front plate for vertical NS250, fixed, with toggle,
W = 250 mm
Front plate for vertical fixed INS/INV250 with toggle,
W = 250 mm
Front plate for vertical NS250, Vigi, fixed, with toggle,
W 250 mm
Front plate for vertical fixed NSX250 with rotary
handle, W=250 mm
Front plate for horizontal NS630, fixed, with toggle
Front plate for horizontal INS630
Front plate for vertical NSX630, with toggle
Front plate for vertical INS/INV630
Front plate for vertical NSX630 with rotary handle or
motor mechanism
Front plate for vertical NS630, Vigi, with toggle
Front plate for vertical NS630, fixed, with toggle,
W = 250 mm
Front plate for vertical fixed INS/INV630 with toggle,
W = 250 mm
Front plate for NS630, Vigi, fixed, with toggle,
W = 250 mm
Front plate for vertical NSX630 with rotary handle or
motor mechanism, W = 250 mm
Front plate for horizontal INS630, W = 750 mm
Front plate for horizontal NSX630, fixed, with toggle,
L = 750 mm
Front plate for horizontal plug-in NSX250 with toggle
Front plate for horizontal fixed Vigi NSX250, with
toggle or rotary handle
03234
03235
03238
03239
03241
03243
03244
03245
03247
03248
03249
03250
03251
03252
03253
03270
03271
03273
03274
03275
03276
03280
03281
03282
03283
03287
03289
03290
03292
1-DESW015EN index
67
68
68
68
68
68
66
51, 52, 59,
66
50, 51, 66
50, 52, 66
51, 52, 66
50, 51, 66
153
153
153
33, 50, 51,
52, 145
33, 39, 50,
51, 52, 145
33
51, 66
51
51
38
42
32, 38
32
45
38
152
33, 39
33, 39
33, 39
44
45
43
33, 37, 39
39
43

03293
03315
03320
03321
03325
03326
03327
03328
03329
03342
Front plate for vertical fixed Vigi NSX250, with toggle,

W = 250 mm
Front plate for horizontal NSX250, fixed, with toggle,
L = 750 mm
Front plate for horizontal NSX250, Vigi, fixed, with
toggle, L = 750 mm
Front plate for horiz. fixed NSX630 with toggle
Front plate for vertical Vigi NSX630
Front plate for vertical fixed NSX630, with toggle,
W = 250 mm
Front plate for vertical fixed Vigi NSX630, with toggle,
W = 250 mm
Front plate for vertical EZC100
Front plate for horizontal EZC250/EZCV250
Front plate for vertical EZC250/EZCV250
Front plate for horizontal EZC400
Front plate for vertical EZC400
Front plate for vertical INF32/40, 3P
Front plate for INF32-40, 4P, vertical and 3-4P,
horizontal
Front plate for INF63, 3P, vertical and INF63-160,
3-4P, horizontal
Front plate for vert. INF63, 4P and vert. INF160
Front plate for vertical ISFT100
Front plate for vertical ISFT160
Front plate for vertical ISFT100N
Front plate for horizontal ISFT160
Front plate for horizontal ISFT160, W = 250 mm
Front plate for horizontal ISFT250
Front plate for vertical ISFT250, W = 250 mm
Transparent front plate, 4 modules
03343
03344
03345
03352
03353
03354
03359
03581
03583
03801

Transparent front plate, 4 modules,W = 250 mm
Front plate for Gould 1-phase fuses
Universal angle brackets (2)
Universal angle brackets (6)
Plain front plate, 1 module
03802
Plain front plate, 2 modules
03803
03804
03805
03806

03807
03808
03811

Plain front plate, 1 module, W = 250 mm
03812
Plain front plate, 2 modules, W = 250 mm
03813
03814
03815
03816
03817
03851
03853
03854
03856

Plain front plate, 1 module, W = 750 mm
03294
03295
03296
03297
03298
03299
03303
03304
03305
03306
03307
03312
03313
03314
39
33, 39
40
42
41
43
35, 41
41
41
43
41
35, 41
152
152
32
32, 38
Version : 4.1
12/04/2013
Pages
33
152
152
34
35, 41
35
35
37
36
37
36
37
47
46, 47
46, 47
47
49
49
49
48
49
48
49
52, 53, 59,
66
52, 54, 55,
59, 66, 143
54, 59, 66,
143
59, 66
52, 53, 66
52, 66
55, 66
50
68
68
32, 33, 35,
42, 43, 48,
49, 52, 53,
66
32, 33, 35,
38, 39, 40,
41, 43, 44,
45, 46, 47,
48, 49, 66
34, 35, 40,
41, 42, 44,
52, 66
35, 41, 53,
66
53, 66
43, 53, 54,
55, 66, 143
54, 66, 143
66
35, 50, 52,
53, 66
35, 39, 41,
43, 66
52, 66
53, 66
66
66
55, 66
152, 154
152, 154
154
154
Index

03890
03891
03895
03900
03901
03902
03903
03904
03907
03908
03910
03911
03912
Pages
66, 75
66, 75
66, 75
58
58
58
58
58
58, 59
58
58
58
59
03928
Front plate for fan or grill

IP30 ventilated front plate, 1 module
IP30 ventilated front plate, 3 modules
Plain mounting plate for 72 x 72 mm meter
Plain mounting plate for 96 x 96 mm meter
Mounting plate with cut-out for 72 x 72 mm meter
Mounting plate with cut-out for 96 x 96 mm meter
Front plate with cut-outs for meter mount. plates
Blanking plate, 72 x 72 mm
Blanking plate, 96 x 96 mm opening
Front plate with cut-outs for 72 x 72 mm meters
Front plate with cut-outs for 96 x 96 mm meters
Front plate with cut-outs for 144 x 144 mm
+ 4 72 x 72 mm meters
Front plate for 1 device, 96 x 96 mm
Front plate with holes for 22 mm dia. pushbuttons and
lamps
Visor for human/switchboard interface (HSI)
04000
04008
04012
04013
04014
04018
04021
Linergy FM 4P dist. block 80 A

Linergy FM 4P dist. block 63 A 12M 20 holes
4P conn. Lin. BW insul. BB/Lin. FM d.blk 200 A
04024
04026
4P conn. Lin. BS stage BB/Lin. FM d.blk 200 A

Linergy FM 4P distribution block 200 A 36 modules
81 holes quick connection
4 conn. Lin. BS rear BB/Linergy FM dist. blk 200 A
94, 147
94, 147
95
95
95
95
62, 82, 83,
95, 152,
156
63, 95, 156
152, 156
03913
03914
04000
04029
04030
04031
04033
04034
04037
04040
04041
04045
04046
04047
04052
04053
04054
04055
04060
04061
04062
04064
04065
04066
04067
04070
04071
04073
04074
58
59
58
63, 95, 152,

156
4 conn. NG160/Linergy FM dist.blk 160 A
95
Linergy DX 1P distribution block 160 A 4M 6 holes
37, 47, 49,
50, 89, 147
Linergy DP 3P distribution block/Compact 250 A
32, 33, 42,
27 holes
43, 63, 90,
152
Linergy DP 4P distribution block/Compact 250 A
32, 33, 42,
36 holes
43, 63, 90,
152
Spacers Cu for Linergy DP 250 A distribution block (4) 43, 63, 89
Linergy DX 63 A (top connection)
88, 147
Linergy DX 63 A (bottom connection)
88, 147
Linergy DX 4P dist. block 125 A 6 M 52 holes
89, 147
Linergy DX 4P d.blk/NG160 160 A 6 M 52 holes
50, 89, 147
4 conn. NG125/Linergy DX dist. block 125 A
89, 147
Linergy BS 4P multistage BB 160 A 52 holes
86
86
86
86
Power supply block for horizontal NSX250
32, 42, 43,
60, 83, 152
Universal power supply block, 250 A
32, 33, 43,
47, 48, 49,
61, 83
Connection between vertical NSX-INS250 and
33, 43, 60,
universal power supply block
61, 83
Connection between vertical NSX-INS250 in duct and 33, 43, 61,
83
Connection between vertical NSX-INS250 in duct and 33, 43, 63
busbars
Incoming connection block for NSX-INS250 supplied 32, 42, 60,
via the top
152
Incoming connection block for NSX-INS250 supplied 32, 42, 60,
via the bottom
152
34, 60, 83,
152
34, 42, 60,
83, 152
Connection between vertical NSX-INS630 in duct and 35, 43, 61,
83
Universal power supply block, 400-630 A
35, 43, 61,
83
Version : 4.1

04075
04076
04103
04104
04107
04108
04111
04112
04113
04114
04116
04117
04118
04119
04121
04122
04123
04124
04126
04127
04128
04129
04145
04146
04147
04148
04149
04150
04151
04152
04155
04156
04158
04161
04162
04163
04171
04172
04173
04174
04190
04191
04192
04194
04195
04197
04198
04200
04201
04202
04203
04206
04207
04208
04210
04214
04215
04220
04223
04224
04226
04227
04228
04233
04234
04235
04239
04243
Connection between vertical NSX-INS630 in duct and

busbars
In-duct incoming connection block for NSX630
Linergy BW 3P insulated busbar 125 A L450
Connections, 125 A (4)
Connections 160 A (4)
Busbar/modular device connection, 160 A
Busbar/Vigi modular device connection, 160 A
Modular device/Linergy DX connection, 160 A
8 IPxxB covers/ Linergy BW insulated busbar
12 terminals 6/10 for Linergy BW busbar
12 terminals 1 x 16 for Linergy BW busbar
Additional block 2 x 35 3P/ Linergy DP 250 A
Additional block 2 x 35 4P/ Linergy DP 250 A
20 screws 8.8 class M6 x 12/ Linergy BW busbar
4 threaded bars 160 A L1000/Linergy BS busbar
Copper angle brackets (4), 250 A
Linergy BS rear busbar support 400 A
Linergy BS multistage busbar support 630 A
20 bolts 8.8 class M6 x 20 /5 mm copper bar
40 screws 8.8 class M6 x 16/threaded bar
Barrier H1500 mm/Linergy BS multistage busbar
Barrier H100 mm /Linergy BS rear busbar
Earth bar with 1 terminal 35 and 40 clamps L450
Linergy TB
12 x 3 mm direct earth bar with 1 terminal 35 L330
Linergy TB
2 earth bar with 1 terminal 35 and 20 clamps L200
Linergy TB
Auxiliary bus duct, 4P
2 fixing brackets for add. bar H15
2 insulated spacers for neutral bar Linergy TB
4 earth block 12x4 quick connection Linergy TB
4 earth block 3x16 quick connection Linergy TB
Mounting plate for terminal block and earth bar in duct
Mounting plate with 4 vertical DIN rails for terminal
blocks
Raisers, 5 Practic
Modular device rail, W=1600 mm
Rail and raisers modular
Linergy MS auxiliaries terminal block 10 in/20 out
Trunking for door, W=2000 mm
Grommets for wiring through front (10)
Flexible trunking for wiring to door
Horizontal cable straps (12)
Covers for horizontal cable straps (4)
12/04/2013
Pages
35, 43, 63
34, 60, 152
82, 147
82, 147
82, 147
82, 147
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
62, 83, 147
62, 83, 147
62, 83, 147
62, 83, 147
50, 63, 147
62, 82, 147
62, 82, 147
62, 82, 147
90
90
82, 147
84, 85
84, 85
84, 85
84, 85
84, 85
84, 85
85
63
84
85
87
87
35, 43, 85
35, 43, 84
104
104
104
105
70, 72, 147
70
70
104
104
104
69
69
67
51, 67
67, 153
105
73
73
73
72, 147
72, 147
1-DESW015EN index
Index

04255
04256
04257
04263
04264
04265
04267
04330
04331
04332
04333
04336
Horizontal trunking supports (12)

Adaptable support for horizontal trunking (10)
Horiz. trunking sections (4), W = 450 mm, + supports
Covers for vertical cable straps (2), L = 1000 mm
Vertical cable straps, Prisma G (12)
Vertical trunking supports (12)
Vertical trunking, L = 2000 mm
Vertical partition
Horizontal partition for wall-mounted or floor-standing
enclosure
Horizontal partition for duct
Pages
72, 147
72
72, 147
72
72
72, 147
72
65, 158
50, 54, 55,
65
55, 65, 158,
159
143
158, 159
04742
04743
04746
04751
04752
04753
Horizontal partition for Pack enclosure

Horizontal partition for floor-standing enclosure,
W = 850 mm
insulated flexible bar 20 x 2 L1800
07051
07052
07053
4 cable connect.1P 160 A 70 mm Linergy BS

4 cable connect.1P 250 A 185 mm Linergy BS
4 cable connect 1P 400 A 300 mm Linergy BS
87
87
87
08002
Surface-mount Pack enclosure, W = 550 mm,

2 rows
3 rows
4 rows
5 rows
6 rows
Pack extension enclosure, 2 rows
Pack extension enclosure, 3 rows
Plain door for Pack enclosure, W = 550 mm, 2 rows
Transparent door for Pack enclos., W = 550 mm,
2 rows
3 rows
4 rows
5 rows
6 rows
Wall-mounted enclosure, W = 600 mm, 6 modules
Plain door for wall-mounted enclosure, 6 modules
Transp. door for wall-mounted enclos., 6 modules
142
07000
08000
08003
08004
08005
08006
08012
08013
08082
08083
08084
08085
08086
08092
08093
08094
08095
08096
08102
08103
08104
08105
08106
08107
08108
08109
08122
08123
08124
08125
08126
08127
08128
08132
08133
08134
08135
08136
08137
1-DESW015EN index
64
64
64
64
64
64
Pages
08175
112, 113
08138
08172
08173
08174
08176
08177
08178
08179
08182
08183
08184
08185
08186
08187
08188
08197
08198
142
08202
08203
08204
08212
142
08213
142
08214
142
08222
142, 143
142, 143
142, 143
142, 143
142
142
142
142, 143
08223
08224
08232
142, 143
08264
142
08272
142
08273
142
08274
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
08282
Version : 4.1
08233
08234
08244
08254
08283
08284
08292
08293
08294
08302
08303
08304
08305
08306
08307
08309
08311
08312
08313

Duct for wall-mounted enclos., W = 300 mm, 6 mod.
Duct for wall-mounted enclos., W = 300 mm, 9 mod.
Duct for wall-mounted enclos., W = 300 mm,
12 mod.
15 mod.
18 mod.
21 mod.
24 mod.
27 mod.
Door for wall-mounted enclosure duct, 6 modules
Transp. door for wall-mounted enclos. duct,
21 mod.
Transp. door for wall-mounted enclos. duct,
24 mod.
Floor-standing enclosure, W = 600 mm, 27 modules
Floor-standing enclos. extension, W = 600 mm,
27 mod.
30 mod.
33 mod.
Plain door for wall-mounted and floor-standing
enclosure, 27 modules
Plain door for floor-standing enclosure, 30 modules
Plain door for floor-standing enclosure, 33 modules
Transparent door for wall-mounted and floor-standing
enclosure, 27 modules
Transp. door for floor-standing enclos., 30 modules
Transp. door for floor-standing enclos., 33 modules
Plain door for floor-standing enclosure,
W = 850 mm, 33 modules
Transparent door for floor-standing enclosure,
W = 850 mm, 33 modules
Duct for floor-standing enclos., W = 300 mm,
27 mod.
30 mod.
33 mod.
Door for wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosure
duct, 27 modules
Door for floor-standing enclosure duct, 30 modules
Door for floor-standing enclosure duct, 33 modules
112
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
157
157
157
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113,
157
112, 113
112, 113
112, 113,
157
Transparent door for wall-mounted and floor-standing 112, 113
enclosure duct, 27 modules
Transp. door for floor-standing enclos. duct,
112, 113
30 mod.
Transp. door for floor-standing enclos. duct,
112, 113,
33 mod.
157
IP55 enclosure, 7 modules
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
Enclosure, IP55, 33 modules, W = 850 mm
159
IP55 enclosure extension, 7 modules
128
128
12/04/2013
Index

08314
08315
08316
08317
08319
08322
08323
08324
08325
08326
08327
08329
08332
08333
08334
08335
08336
08337
08339
08340
08342
08343
08344
08345
08346
08347
08349
08352
08353
08354
08355
08356
08357
08359
08362
08363
08364
08365
08366
08367
08369
08371
08372
08374
08375
08376
08377
08381
08382
08383
08384
08386
08387
08391
08392
08393
08394
08395
08396
08585
08783
08801
08802
08803
08804
08805
08806

IP55 plain door, 7 modules
IP55 transparent door, 7 modules
Transparent door, IP55, 33 modules, W = 850 mm
IP55 duct, W=300 mm, 7 modules
IP55 side panels, 7 modules
IP55 side panels with cut-outs, 7 modules
Top and bottom plates, W = 600 mm
Top and bottom plates, W = 300 mm
IP55 4-module partial plain door for 11-27 module
enclosures
IP55 6-module partial plain door for 33-module
enclosures
IP55 4-module partial door with cut-outs for 11-27
module enclosures
IP55 6-module partial door with cut-outs for
33-module enclosures
IP55 horizontal/vertical combination kit
IP55 L combination kit
IP55 square combination kit
IP55 vertical partition
Canopy for IP55 wall-mounted or floor-standing
enclosure, W = 600 mm
Canopy for IP55 duct, W = 300 mm
IP55 mounting upright
IP55 plinth gusset
IP55 plinth cover panels, W=600 mm
IP55 plinth cover panels, W=300 mm
Pole-mount kit for enclosures
IP55 lifting rings 52
Front plate hinge kit (set of 2 hinges)
Form C cable-tie support W=1600
Lifting rings (2)
Plinth for floor-standing enclosure, IP55, W = 850 mm
External wall-mounted brackets (4) for Pack enclos.
External wall-mounted brackets (4)
Plinth raiser for floor-standing enclosures, 100 mm
Plinth raiser for 850 mm wide floor-standing
enclosure, H = 100 mm
Pages
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
159
128
128
128
128
128
128
128, 159
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
128
128, 159
132
132
132
132
129
129
129
65, 159
128
128
129, 130
130
130
130
130
129
66
73
115
159
145
115
115
158
Version : 4.1

08807
08809
08811
08812
08813
08814
08815
08816
08817
08818
08819
08820
08821
08822
08823
08824
08826
08827
08830
08831
08832
08833
08836
08837
08841
08850
08851
08861
08862
08863
08864
08866
08867
08868
08870
08871
08872
08874
08875
08876
08878
08879
08880
08881
08882
08884
08887
08888
08889
08891
08892
Plinth raiser for ducts, 100 mm

Lifting-fixing cross-members (2) for floor-stand. encl.
+ duct, W = 850 + 300 mm
Lifting/reinforcement cross-members (2) for 2
wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosures
Lifting/reinforcement cross-members (2) for single
wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosure and duct
Lifting-reinf. cross-members (2) for wall-mount.
or fl.-standing encl. + ducts
Lifting/reinforcement cross-members (2) for duct +
enclos. + duct + enclos. or duct + enclos. + enclos. +
duct
IP30 combination kit for floor-standing enclosures
Combination kit
Combination uprights (2)
Multiple combination kit
Flush-mounting kit, 6 to 18 modules
Flush-mounting kit, 21 to 27 modules
Trunking spreader for Pack enclosure
Pack flush-mount kit
Pack IP31 canopy
Trunking spreader for wall-mounted or floor-standing
enclosure
Lifting/reinforcement cross-members (2) for duct +
enclosure + duct + enclosure + duct
Canopy for duct + single wall-mounted or floorstanding enclosure + duct, IP31
Canopy for wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosure,
IP31
Canopy for 2 wall-mounted or 2 floor-standing
associated enclosures, IP31
Canopy for floor-standing enclosure, IP31, W = 850 mm
Canopy for enclosure + duct + enclosure, IP31
Canopy for floor-standing enclosure, IP31,
W = 850 mm
Canopy for floor-standing enclosure and duct, IP31,
W = 850 mm
IP43 door gasket kit, 6-33 modules
Partial door for wall-mounted or floor-standing
enclosure, 6-module
Partial door with cut-out for human/switchboard
interface (HSI) for wall-mounted or floor-standing
enclosure, 6-module
Plain mounting plate, 210 x 150 mm
Mounting plate with eight 22 mm diameter holes
Mounting plate with two 65 x 85 mm holes for
industrial sockets
IP55 mounting plate with 65 x 85 mm and 90 x
100 mm holes for industrial sockets
Cable tie support adapter
Cable tie supports for wall-mounted or floor-standing
enclosure (2)
Cable tie supports for ducts (4)
Plain metal gland plate for wall-mounted or
floor-standing enclosure
Interface for gland plate for wall-mounted or
Membrane-type gland plate, 25 entries
Plain metal gland plate for duct
Interface for gland plate for duct
IP55 gland plate interface
Plastic gland plate and interface for Pack enclosures
Plain metal gland plate for Pack enclosures
Plastic gland plate and interface for wall-mounted or
Plain gland plate
Plain plate for wall-mounted and floor-standing
enclos.
Plastic gland plate and interface for ducts
Gland plate for floor-standing enclosure plinth, W600
Gland plate for duct plinth, W250
Gland plate for floor-standing enclosure plinth, W850
Knockout gland plate with 4 x M12/20 + 4 x M16/25
Knockout gland plate with 2 x M20/32 + 2 x M25/40
12/04/2013
Pages
115, 158
157, 159
114, 115
114, 115
114, 115
114, 115
114, 157
114
114, 143,
145
114
115
115
144
145
144
117
114, 115
113
113
113
113
113
157
157
113, 144,
157
117
117
132
132
132
132
73
32, 73, 147
73
116
116
116, 131
116
116
131
144
144
116
116, 131
114
116
116
116, 158
158
116, 131
116, 131
1-DESW015EN index
Index

08895
08896
08897
08898
08899
08900
08903
08904
08905
08906
08907
08908
08910
Gland plate with 13 knockouts

Gland plate 39 incoming 7/26 IP55
Gland plate 2 incoming 33/72 IP55
Switchboard identification plate
Adhesive label holders (12), H = 24 mm, W = 432 mm
Adhesive label holders (12) H = 24 mm, W = 650 mm
Adhesive label holders (12) H = 36 mm, W = 650 mm
Earthing braid, 6 mm
08911
Earthing wire, 6 mm
08913
08914
08915
08916
08917
08918
08931
08932
08933
08934
08935
08936
08938
08939
08940
08941
08942
08943
08944
08945
08946
08947
08948
08949
08950
08951
08952
08953
08955
08956
08961
08963
08964
08965
Clip-on labels (12), 18 x 35 mm

Engraving plates (12), 18 x 35 mm
Engraving plates (12), 18 x 72 mm
Engraving plates (12), 25 x 85mm
Standard handle, Ral 7016
EURO handle without insert
Handle without insert, ASSA-ABLOY
Handle for cylinder, EURO, IP55
Handle, IP55, L = 155 mm
IP55 door latch with lock and 2 no. 405 keys
Handle padlocking kit
IP55 handle padlocking kit
Barrel lock no. 405
Barrel lock no. 455
Barrel lock no. 1242E
Barrel lock no. 3113A
Barrel lock no. 2433A
DIN double bar insert
Screwdriver slot insert
Triangle insert, 6.5 mm male
Triangle insert, 7 mm male
Square insert, 6 mm male
Square insert, 6 mm female
Barrel lock no. 2432E
Touch-up paint brush
Adhesive drawing holder
Switchboard lighting
09516
Comb busbar Clario, Librio, ProDis - 3 poles + N 80 A,18 modules

Slot handle insert IP55 for screwdriver
Double bar handle insert IP55, 3 mm
IP55 barrel + 2 no. 2433 A keys
IP55 8 mm male triangle insert for handle (CNOMO)
IP55 7 mm male triangle insert for handle
IP55 9 mm male triangle insert for handle
IP55 barrel + 2 no. 1242E keys
IP55 barrel + 2 no. 3113A keys
IP55 barrel + 2 no. 455 keys
IP55 6 mm female square insert for handle
IP55 7 mm male square insert for handle
IP55 screwdriver slot insert for door
IP55 3 mm double bar insert for door
IP55 7 mm male triangle insert for door
IP55 8 mm male triangle insert for door (CNOMO)
IP55 9 mm male triangle insert for door
IP55 6 mm male square insert for door
09000
09931
09932
09933
09934
09937
09939
09942
09943
09945
09946
09947
09948
09949
09981
09982
09983
09984
09985
09986
1-DESW015EN index
Pages
116, 131
116, 131
116, 131
131
131
71
71
71
71
71
154
154
55, 118,
146
118, 143,
146
71
71
71
71
71
71
118
118
118
134
134
134
118
134
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
71
71
74
74
99
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
Version : 4.1
Pages
09988
09989
IP55 8 mm male square insert for door

IP55 6 mm female square insert for door
10405
10545
10546
10547
Side plate for comb busbar set of 10

Comb busbar for 12 module C60 Clario
Comb busbar for 48 module C60 Clario left
Comb busbar for 48 module C60 Clario right
99
99
99
99
13142
133
13735
13736
Installation accessory for Kaedra enclosure:

103 x 225 mm plate - 2 openings
103 x 225 mm plate - for 65 x 65 or 75 x 75 mm outlet
103 x 225 mm plate - for 100 x 107 mm outlet
Self-adhesive label sheets for common symbols (10)
Self-adhesive label sheets for special symbols (10)
14811
14812
14813
14814
14818
14885
Comb busbar (W = 430 mm, 16 poles) 1P

Tooth caps (set of 20)
Insulated connectors for 25 mm cables (4)
96
96
96
96
96
96
19512
Comb busbar Librio - 1 pole + N - 80 A - L = 18 x 18 mm 99
21089
21093
21094
21095
21096
21098
21501
21503
21505
21507
Comb busbar for DPN - 2P - 96 mod (9 mm)

Comb busbar for DPN - 3P - 96 mod (9 mm)
Lateral tooth-caps - 2P
Tooth-caps (12)
Insulated connectors (4)
Comb busbar PH and N 12 poles
Comb busbar PH and N 24 poles
Comb busbar 3P and N 12 poles
Comb busbar 3P and N 24 poles
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
28947
28948
147
147
29322
29324
2 short terminal shield 4P (NSX100/250)

Long terminal shield INS-INV 250
43
42, 43, 45
31064
31073
31140
31141
31142
31143
31144
31145
31146
31147
Raiser
Mechanical interlocking
Source changeover assembly - 100 A-3P
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
32563
32565
2 short terminal shield 4P (NSX400/630)

Long terminal shield INS-INV 320/630
43
42, 43
49658
49659
49860
Long terminal shield Fupact INF40/60

Long terminal shield Fupact INF100/160
Distribution connector 3 x 10 mm (set of 3) - for
ISFT100
Comb busbar to supply 2 devices - for ISFT100
Insulated comb cover for free outgoer - for ISFT100
Incoming connector (25 to 95 mm) for comb busbars
(set of 3)
Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT160-3P
Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT250-3P
Comb busbar coupler to supply 5 devices (joins
2-device + 3-device comb)
46, 47
46, 47
49
10000
13000
13143
13144
14000
19000
21000
28000
29000
31000
32000
49000
49861
49862
49863
49864
49865
49869
49872
49890
12/04/2013
134
134
133
133
71
71
49
49
49
49
49
48, 49
48, 49
49
Index
Cat. no.
Designation
Pages
A9N21035
A9N21036
A9N21037
A9N21038
A9N21039
A9N21040
A9N21041
A9N21042
A9N21050
A9XAH157
A9XAH257
A9XAH357
A9XAH457
A9XAH557
A9XAH657
A9XPCD04
A9XPCM04
A9XPE110
A9XPE210
A9XPE310
A9XPE410
A9XPH106
A9XPH112
A9XPH124
A9XPH157
A9XPH212
A9XPH224
A9XPH257
A9XPH312
A9XPH324
A9XPH357
A9XPH412
A9XPH424
A9XPH457
A9XPH512
A9XPH518
A9XPH524
A9XPH557
A9XPM112
A9XPM212
A9XPM312
A9XPM412
A9XPM512
A9XPT920
Comb busbar 1P-N 63A 56 mod.

Comb busbar 3P-N repart. 63 A 56 mod.
Comb busbar 1P-N Vigi 63 A 56mod.
Comb busbar 3P-N Vigi repart. 63 A 56 mod.
Set of 20 end caps 1P-N
Set of 20 end caps 3P-N
Set of 10 phase connectors 63 A
Set of 10 neutral connectors 63 A
Set of 10 tooth caps
Comb busbar aux. 1P 100 A 57 mod.
Comb busbar aux. 4P repart. 100 A 57 mod.
Comb busbar aux. 3P repart. 100 A 57 mod.
Set of 4 connectors 100 A double terminal
Set of 4 connectors 100 A monoconnect
Set of 10 end caps 1P
Comb busbar 1P 100 A 6 mod.
Comb busbar 4P repart. 100 A 12 mod.
Set of 20 tooth caps
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
97
97
97
97
97
97
97, 98
97, 98
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
98
98
98
98
98
97, 98
EZ4TSHD3P
EZ4TSHD4P
EZATSHD3P
EZATSHD4P
EZETSHD3P
EZETSHD3PN
EZETSHD4P
EZETSHD4PN
Long terminal shield EZC/EZCV250 3P

Long terminal shield EZC/EZCV250 4P
Long terminal shield EZC100-3P
36, 37
36, 37
37
37
36
37
36
37
LGY112510
LGY116013
LGY125014
LGY410028
LGY412548
LGY412560
LGY416048
LGYN1007
Distribution block 1P 125 A 10 holes

Distribution block 4P 100 A 4 x 7 holes
Additional Neutral bar for screw distribution
block - 100 A - 7 connections
92, 147
92
92
92, 147
93, 147
93, 147
93
93, 147
Cat. no.
Designation
Pages
LV429285
Collar Vigi NSX100/630, CVS100/250
LV429295
LV429306
LV429307
LV429358
LV429359
LV429369
LV429515
Collar Vigi CVS400/630

Adaptator NSX100/160/250 3P
Adaptator NSX100/160/250 4P
Coupling accessory NSX100/160/250-3P
Coupling accessory NSX100/160/250-4P
Mechanical interlocking for NSX100/250
changeover system
Short terminal shield NSX100/160/250 3P
32, 33, 35,

38, 39
41
32
32
44, 45
44, 45
44
LV429516
Short terminal shield NSX100/160/250 4P
LV429517
Long terminal shield NSX100/160/250 3P
LV429518
Long terminal shield NSX100/160/250 4P
LV429591
LV429592
LV429593
LV429594
LV432591
LV432592
Short terminal shield CVS400/630

Short terminal shield CVS400/630
Long terminal shield NSX400/630 3P
Long terminal shield NSX400/630 4P
Short terminal shield - 3P - 630 A max
Short terminal shield - 4 poles for INS/INV320..630, NSX400..630
Long terminal shield - 3P - 630 A max pitch 45 mm
Long terminal shield - 4 poles - for INS/
INV320..630/NSX400..630 - pitch 45 mm
LV432593
LV432594
32, 33, 38,

39
32, 33, 38,
39
32, 33, 38,
39, 44,
152
32, 33, 38,
39, 44,
152
40, 41
40, 41
40, 41
40, 41
35
35
35
35
NSYCAF291
Stand.filter G2 f/Outlet grille or filterfan

cut-out 92 x 92 mm ext. dim. 137 x 117mm
NSYCAF291T
Fine filter G3 f/Outlet grille or filterfan cut-out
291 x 291
NSYCAG291LPF
Outlet plast cut out 291 x 291
NSYCCOTHD
Double Thermos C (NA NC)
NSYCR55WU2
PTC heating resistance 55 W
NSYCR100WU2
PTC heating resistance 100 W
NSYCR250W230VV Heating resistance ventil. 250 W
NSYCVF560M230PF Forced vent. IP54, 560 m3/h, 230 V + outlet
grille and filter G2
NSYCVF850M230PF Forced vent. IP54, 850 m3/h, 230 V + outlet
grille and filter G2
NSYTR
Terminal blocks
NSYTRA
Terminal blocks
75
75
75
76
76
76
76
75
75
102
103
LGYN12512
LGYN12515
10
93, 147
93, 147
Version : 4.1
12/04/2013
1-DESW015EN index
1-DESW015EN index
Version : 4.1
12/04/2013
11
Presentation
Overview
To respond to increasing
building requirements
Improve
the continuity
of service
12
Ensure the
safety of life
and property
Version : 4.0
Control
deadlines
and costs
12/04/2013
2-DESW015EN Presentation
Prisma:
the optimised, tested and IEC compliant solution,
for low voltage electrical distribution and control switchboards.
Prisma,
a comprehensive range of enclosures and cubicles
>A
solution based on more than 25 years of experience
in low voltage switchboards.
> Integrating Schneider Electric switchgear offerings
and ensuring electrical, mechanical and communication
functions complete consistency.
> Quality production, certified ISO 9001.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
13
Presentation
Overview
Pack enclosure 160

Enclosures and cubicles G up to 630 A
IP30, IP31, IP43, IP55
> Small companies
160 A
> Buildings

> Offices
> Laboratories
> Healthcare centres
> Schools
Pack
> Supermarkets
> Malls, etc.
> Hotels, etc.
14
> Hotels
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Cubicles P up to 4000 A
IP30, IP55
4000 A
630 A
> Hospitals
> Internet data centres
> Logistics centres, etc.
> Shopping centres
Prisma P
> Offices buildings
Prisma G
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
15
Presentation
Overview
Simple, functional systems for safe,

up to 630 A
Switchboards
that are safe
With Prisma G you can be sure to build 100%
Schneider Electric switchboards that are safe,
optimised:
> All components (switchgear, distribution blocks,
prefabricated connections, etc.) are perfectly
rated and coordinated to work together;
> All switchboard configurations, even the most
demanding ones, have been tested.
You can prove that your switchboard meets
the current standards, at any time.
You can be sure to build a reliable electrical
installation and give your customers full
satisfaction in terms of dependability and safety
for people.
aesthetics
Prisma G with its discreet design,
blends harmoniously into all tertiary buildings,
including in entrance halls and passageways.
Available power
Safety of people
and property
Controlled costs
and delivery times
Upgradeability
16
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
upgradeable LV switchboards
optimised and upgradeable
With Prisma G you can build just the right switchboard for your customer, sized precisely to fit costs
and needs. With this complete, prefabricated and tested system, it's easy to upgrade your installation
and still maintain the performance levels.
> The wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures combine easily with switchboards
already in service.
> Devices can be replaced or added at any time.
Simple moves
for cabling in
the workshop
Efficient
installation and
connection
work on site
Easy
maintenance
throughout the
switchboard
All connection points are fully

accessible and easy to check.
Easy connection on site,

whatever the cable
cross-section or
installation location.
Easy and direct access

to devices, in a switchboard
in service.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
17
Presentation
IEC 61439 standard
The switchboard,
central to the electrical installation
Both the point of arrival of energy and a device for distribution
to the site applications, the LV switchboard is the intelligence
of the system, central to the electrical installation.
It plays an essential role in the availability of electric power, while meeting the needs of personal and property safety.
Its definition, design and installation are based on precise rules; there is no place for improvisation. The IEC 61439 standard
aims to better define "low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies", ensuring that the specified performances are
reached. It specifies in particular:
> t he responsibilities of each player, distinguishing those of the original equipment manufacturer; the organization
that performed the original design and associated verification of an assembly in accordance with the standard,
and of the assembly manufacturer - the organization taking responsibility for the finished assembly;
> the design and verification rules, constituting a benchmark for product certification.
All the component parts of the electrical switchboard are concerned by the IEC 61439 standard. Equipment produced
in accordance with the requirements of this switchboard standard ensures the safety and reliability of the installation.
A switchboard must comply with the
equirements of standard IEC 61439-1 and 2
to guarantee the safety and reliability of the
installation. Managers of installations, fully
aware of the professional and legal liabilities
weighing on their company and on themselves,
demand a high level of safety for the electrical
installation.
What is more, the serious economic
consequences of prolonged halts in production
mean that the electrical switchboard must provide
excellent continuity of service, whatever the
operating conditions.
The Schneider Electric solution

> Specify switchboards that comply with
standard IEC 61439-1 and 2.
>G
uarantee a level of safety that has been
100% tested, from the day the switchboard
is installed and throughout its service life.
>E
nsure a lasting investment through easy
upgrading of the installation in compliance with
the standard.
>G
uarantee that the switchboard complies
with the technical specifications.
18
Prisma tested switchboards

The conformity of the switchboard has been tested
and proven.
A Prisma switchboard is:
> made up of Schneider Electric low-voltage devices and
components that all comply with the applicable standards;
> based on configurations in our catalogue;
> made up of Prisma and Linergy mechanical and electrical
components that have been subjected to the verification of
original equipment manufacturer;
> mounted and wired by a panelbuilder in compliance
with professional standards;
> subjected to the individual verification.
Schneider Electric makes available to the panelbuilder
everything required to create tested Prisma switchboards,
including the basic configurations in
the low voltage distribution catalogue, all the documentation
for switchboard design and mounting, calculation and design
software, etc.
Panelbuilders can demonstrate conformity with standard
IEC 61439-1 and 2 by presenting the declarations or
certificates of conformity for type tests carried out by
independent laboratories (ASEFA, ASTA, KEMA, etc.)
and supplied by Schneider Electric. The panelbuilder
is responsible for the individual routine verification and
delivers the corresponding declarations of conformity.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Original Manufacturer and Assembly Manufacturer:
Both involved
in tested assemblies
Standard IEC 61439 clearly defines
the type of verifications that must be conducted
by both organisations involved in final conformity of
the solution: the Original Manufacturer, guaranteeing
assembly system design and the Assembly
Manufacturer, responsible for the final conformity
of the switchboard.
Proje
ct spe
cifica
tion*
Specifier
sem
S
bly
As
Original
Manufacturer
The organisation that has
carried out the original design
and the associated
verification of an assembly
system.
Tes
t
e
yst
ed
Assembly
Manufacturer
(Panel builder)
As
> Specifies the needs and

constraints for design,
installation, operation and
upgrading of the complete
system.
> Checks that its
requirements have been fully
integrated by the Assembly
Manufacturer. Depending on
the application, the specifier
could be the end-user or a
design office.
sem
bly
The organisation (whether

or not the same as the OM)
responsible for the completed
assembly.
End-User
He is responsible for
"Routine verifications"
on each panel produced,
according to the standard.
Should ask for a certified

LV switchboard.
By systematically requesting
routine verifications,
he ensures that the assembly
system used is compliant.
If he derivates from the

instructions of the original
manufacturer he has to carry
out again design verifications.
He is responsible for the

"Design verifications" listed by
IEC 61439-2 including many
electrical tests.
* Schneider Electric has developed
a specification guide.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
19
Presentation
IEC 61439 standard
The main 10 functions

of standard IEC 61439
For each of the following 10 functions, the standard IEC 61439 requires design
verifications from the system manufacturer - mainly through type-tests - and
routine verifications on each panel from the Panel Builder to achieve 3 basic goals:
safety, continuity of service and compliance with end-user requirements.
Safety
Voltage stresses withstand capability
To withstand long term voltages, and transient and temporary overvoltages according to the insulation coordination principles
and requirements.
Current-carrying capability
To protect against burns and to withstand temperature rise:
> when any circuit is continuously loaded, alone, to the specified current
> when the assembly is loaded to the specified current according to the specified load pattern (between circuits and/or as
a function of the time).
Short-circuit withstand capability

To withstand the stresses resulting from the prospective short-circuit current and from the associated data (High forces between
conductors, temp. rise in a very short time, air ionization, overpressure).
Protection against electric shock

> Hazardous-live-parts not to be accessible (basic protection)
> Accessible conductive parts not to become hazardous-live (fault protection).
Protection against risk of fire or explosion

> Resistance to internal glowing elements
> Note: protection of persons, and optional protection of the assembly, against arcing due to internal fault can be specified through
a "special test" according to IEC 61641.
Continuity of service
Maintenance and modification capability
Capability to preserve continuity of supply without impairing safety during assembly maintenance or modification
> Electrical condition of the assembly or various circuits
> Speed of exchange of the functional units
> Test facilities
Electro-Magnetic compatibility
To properly function (immunity) and not to generate EM disturbances (emission) in specified environmental conditions:
> Industrial networks or locations (Environment A)
> Domestic, commercial, and light industrial locations (Environment B).
Compliance with end-user requirements

Capability to operate the electrical installation
To properly function, according to:
> The electrical diagram of the overall system and related information (voltages, coordination)
> The specified operating facilities (e.g. free or restricted access to Man Machine Interfaces, isolation of the outgoing circuits).
Capability to be installed on site

> To withstand handling, transport, storage and installation constraints
> Capability to be erected and connected (type of enclosure, type, material and cross sectional areas of external conductors).
Protection of the assembly against mechanical and atmospheric environmental conditions

> Presence of water or solid foreign bodies (IP according to IEC 60529)
> External mechanical impacts (optional IK according to IEC 62262)
> Indoor or outdoor installation (humidity, UV).
20
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
IEC 61 439-1 paragraph 11.4
Protection against electric shocks

and integrity of protection circuits
The following should be checked visually:
> presence of protective shields against
direct and indirect contacts on live parts;
> presence of the PE conductor.
The continuity of protection circuits is
ensured by compliance with the assembly
instructions delivered with each product.
Standard individual
check sheet
in accordance with the IEC 61439-1
and 2 standard from the assembly
manufacturer (panelbuilder)
Integration of incorporated
components
The assembly manufacturer must comply
with the instructions of the original equipment
manufacturer for installation
and wiring of the components used.
Job No.: .................................................................................................

Switchboard No.: ...................................................................................
Drawing No./Rev. No.: ............................................................................
Chapter
Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
11.2
Internal electric circuits

and connections
Insulation clearances and creepage distances
11.3
Protection against electric shocks and integrity

of protection circuits
11.4
Integration of incorporated components
11.5
Internal electric circuits and connections
11.6
Terminals for external conductors
11.7
Mechanical operation
11.8
IEC 61 439-1 paragraphe 11.9
Dielectric properties
11.9
Dielectric properties
Wiring, operating performance and function
11.10
The main circuits, and the auxiliary and

control circuits connected to the main circuit,
shall be subjected to the test voltage in
accordance.
Date of verification:
Schneider Electric recommends marking

the nut with a tinted acrylic lacquer, indelible
and temperature-resistant.
This allows:
> not only self-checking to check effective
tightening to torque;
> but also identification of any loosening.
Verified
............ / ............ /.............

Wiring, operating performance

and function
Verification of wiring and marking conformity
with the drawings, parts list and diagram.
Verifications performed by:

..........................................................................
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
21
Presentation
Examples of switchboard
configurations
Config_4ok.eps
Incomer
NG160 A
Incoming cables via top
Distribution
Linergy DS distribution block 4P
Outgoing devices
Acti 9 devices
Supply
Cable running
Connection
Linergy FM distribution block +

Linergy FH comb busbar
Straps + cover + trunking
Linergy TR, TB terminal block at
bottom of switchboard
IP30 enclosure
Wall-mounted enclosure, W = 595 mm, H = 1080 mm
Transparent door
22
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Compact NSX250
Fixed, front connection
Toggle
Incoming cables via top on incoming connection block
Config_5ok.eps
Incomer
Distribution
Linergy BS rear busbar
Outgoing devices
Acti 9 + NG160 devices
Supply
Linergy FM + Linergy FH comb
busbar + Linergy DS distribution
block 4P + Linergy DX
Cable running
Connection
Straps + cover + trunking

Linergy TR, TB terminal block in
duct
IP30 enclosure
Wall-mounted enclosure, W = 595 mm, H = 1450 mm
Plain door
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
23
Presentation
24
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Determining catalogue numbers
Presentation
Rapsody software
Easy design
with Rapsody
software
A time-saver in
the design and
quotation phases.
More flexibility since
modifications and
upgrades are
possible throughout
the project.
easy steps to design a switchboard

Define the switchboard's
electrical and environmental
characteristics,
in a few clicks.
Choose and configure

the devices to be installed,
with no risk of error.
Customise, and easily modify

the single-line diagram.
Move or duplicate devices.
Generate current distribution
and connection systems.
Choose the switchboard

and let the software set up
the enclosure.
A list of mounting and connection
accessories is proposed to make
mounting work easier.
Automatically export
the information required to
make a clear, comprehensive
and professional quotation.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
25
Determining catalogue numbers
Starting with the electrical

diagram: IP30 switchboard
DD384078
Presentation
NSX250
NSX100/250
Distribution using
Linergy BW busbars
Multi 9 or Acti 9
> see page 51
C60
or
iC60
NSX100/250
NSX
NSX
03232
NSX
Linergy BW
All Multi 9 or Acti 9 devices

Linergy FH
Multi 9 or Acti 9 devices y 40 A
DD385229
Linergy FH
DD383519
Order the mounting

plates and front plates
taking into account:
bb supply to the rows
bb cable running.
1
DD385271
Install the modular devices

Linergy FH
TeSys "U"
> see page 53
DD381978
Linergy FH
DD381880
bb Linergy FM distribution block > see page 94

bb Cable running > see page 72
Determine the size of the switchboard

bb count the number
of occupied modules
19 modules
bb determine the
corresponding
wall-mount enclosure
21 modules
bb order the additional

plain front plate.
26
Plain front plate

> see page 66
Version : 4.0
DD381979
DD385272
DD381878
DD385227
bb order the mounting

plates and the front plates
bb the incoming
connection block
bb the power supply block
for the Linergy BW
busbars.
DD385228
DD385294
> see page 32
Installation/connection
1
DD385295
Install the incomer
C60
or
iC60
DD383960
C60
or
iC60
12/04/2013
> see page 82
DD385230
Linergy BW busbars
Linergy BW
DD381882
DD385273
Plan the distribution system
DD385231
IP wall-mount enclosure
Duct, W = 300 mm
Cable tie supports
Accessories for
lifting, handling,
wall mounting, finishing
parts, etc.
DD381885
Version : 4.0
DD381982
DD381884
DD381892
> see page 112
Wall-mount enclosure (IP30)
DD381983
Select the enclosures
Mounting plate for terminal block and Linergy TB earth bar

Modular rail, W = 1600 mm
12 x 3 mm direct earth bar with 1 terminal 35 L330 Linergy TB
4 earth block 12 x 4 quick connection Linergy TB
4 earth block 3 x 16 quick connection Linergy TB
DD381985
DD385274
> see pages 101, 104
DD383520
Select the Linergy TR terminal blocks and the Linergy TB earth bar
12/04/2013
27
Prisma functional
system
28
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Prisma functional system
Contents
Presentation..................................................................................30
Functional units......................................................... 32
Circuit breakers .............................................................................32
Compact NSX100/250 horizontal mounting......................................................... 32

Compact NSX100/250 verticalmounting............................................................. 33
Compact NSX400/630 horizontal mounting......................................................... 34
Compact NSX400/630 verticalmounting............................................................. 35
Easypact EZC100/400 horizontal mounting......................................................... 36
Easypact EZC100/400 verticalmounting............................................................. 37
Easypact CVS100/250 horizontal mounting......................................................... 38
Easypact CVS100/250 verticalmounting............................................................. 39
Easypact CVS400/630 horizontal mounting......................................................... 40
Easypact CVS400/630 verticalmounting............................................................. 41
Switch-disconnectors ....................................................................42
Compact INS-INV250/630 horizontal mounting................................................... 42

Compact INS-INV250/630 vertical mounting....................................................... 43
Manual source changeover system ..............................................44
Compact NSX100/250 circuitbreaker changeoversystem.................................. 44

Compact INS-INV250 switch-disconnector changeover system......................... 45
Fusegear ......................................................................................46
Fupact INF horizontalmounting........................................................................... 46

Fupact INF vertical mounting............................................................................... 47
Fupact ISFT160/250 horizontalmounting............................................................ 48
Fupact ISFT100/100N, ISFT160/250 vertical mounting....................................... 49
Modular devices............................................................................50
Modular devices 80/160Aswitchboard incomer.................................................. 50

Modular devices outgoers y 63 A......................................................................... 51
Industrial control devices ..............................................................52
TeSys, Altistart, Phaseo....................................................................................... 52
Other devices................................................................................54
Kilowatt-hour meters Classe II............................................................................. 54

Kilowatt-hour meters............................................................................................ 55
Human-switchboard interface.............................................................................. 57
Power supply block and prefabricated connections.......................60
Connections blocks Powersupplyblocks............................................................ 60
Distribution................................................................. 62
Prefabricated connections.............................................................62
Connections Linergy BW isolated busbar and device or Linergy FM.................... 62

Other prefabricated connections.......................................................................... 63
Insulated flexible bars.......................................................................................... 64
Partitioning of functional units............................ 65
Partitioning........................................................................................................... 65
Front plates and accessories................................ 66
Front plates, rails, slottedmounting plates........................................................... 66
Accessories................................................................. 68
Installation accessories........................................................................................ 68
Installation accessories for terminal block and earth bar...................................... 69
Finishing parts........................................................... 71
Finishing parts - Labels........................................................................................ 71
Organization of switchboard................................ 72
Cable running...................................................................................................... 72
Accessories................................................................. 74
Switchboard lighting............................................................................................. 74
Management of the internal temperature............................................................. 75
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
29
Functional system
Presentation
Readily available
close by
Straightforward organisation
to make your job easier
The kit concept makes handling and transport

easier and you get to benefit from Schneider Electrics
efficient international logistics. Your distributor,
hand-picked by Schneider Electric, can give you
the very best advice.
> Clearly identified functions.
NSX plastron
For determining catalogue numbers, > see page 26.
The switchboard is set up in different functional units, organised naturally.
Compact NSX160
Mounting
plate
Terminal block
Busbar power
connection
Front plate
Example: "Incomer" functional unit.
PD390705_SE_2013
> A switchboard with a high degree of legibility.
The easy-to-read switchboard circuit diagram makes

on-site cabling and connection operations simple.
30
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Presentation
Functional system
PD390227_SE_2013
The Prisma functional system

The Prisma functional system can be used for all types of low-voltage
distribution switchboards up to 630 A, in commercial and industrial environments.
PD390228_SE_2013
Switchboard design is very simple.

A functional structure for devices
made up of wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures that can be used alone or
combined.
A distribution and Linergy connection system
made up of centralised distribution blocks or insulated rows and vertical busbars
installed on the side or in the rear of the switchboard.
Complete functional units
Each device is part of a functional unit comprising:
bb a dedicated mounting plate for device installation
bb a front plate to block direct access to live parts
bb prefabricated connections
bb systems for on-site connections and running of auxiliary wires.
The system includes everything required for functional unit mounting, supply and
onsite connection.
The components of the Prisma system and those of the functional units in particular
have been designed and tested taking into account device characteristics.
This design approach ensures a high degree of reliability in system operation and
optimum safety for personnel.
Electrical characteristics
Prisma components comply with standard IEC 61439-1 et 2 and have
the following electrical characteristics:
bb rated insulation level of main busbars at rear of enclosure: 1000 V
bb rated operational current Ie (40 C): 630 A
bb rated peak withstand current Ipk: 53 k
bb rated short-time withstand current Icw: 25 kA rms / 1 second
bb frequency: 50/60 Hz.
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
31
Compact NSX100/250
horizontal mounting
Functional system
Functional units
Circuit breakers
300
600
Devices
DD380594
Horizontal fixed (1)

DD385296
Mounting
Toggle
Number of devices per row

No. of vertical modules
Mounting plates
Front plates
with cut-out
[No. of vertical upstream
modules]
downstream
Incoming connection block
Long terminal shields
+ cable tying
Direct rotary handle
NSX100/250
1
5
03030
03232 [4]
03801 [1]
cables via top: 04066
cables via bottom: 04067
-
Vigi NSX100/250
NSX100/250
Motor mechanism
module
Vigi NSX100/250
NSX100/250
1
6
03033
03292 [4]
03802 [2]
-
1
8
03031
03232 [4]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
-
1
8
03031
03292 [4] + LV429285 (collar)
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
-
1
8
03032
03234 [4]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
-
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
08867
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
-
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
(1) Maximum size of connection cables: 70 mm. For cable cross-sections greater than 70 mm, use of a cable duct is recommended.
Devices
Toggle
NSX100/250 Vigi NSX100/250 NSX100/250
NSX100/250
1
4
03030
03232 [4]
1
4
03033
03292 [4]
1
6
03031
03232 [4]
1
6
03032
03234 [4]
1
4
03032
03290 [4]
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
-
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
3P: LV429306
4P: LV429307
Insulated Linergy BW busbars
Type of connected
devices
All type
Busbars /
distribution blocks
Power supply block
Short terminal shield
3P: 04033 > page 90

4P: 04034
-
Toggle
NSX
> page 82
04060 (2)
-
1
6
03031
03292 [4]
+LV429285 (collar)
03802 [2]
Rear Linergy BS
busbars
DD380777
Linergy DP 250 A
distribution block
DD380522
Distribution
DD380587
+ adaptator
Toggle
NSX100/250 NSX100/250
with ammeter
module or Vigi

Mounting plates
Front plates with cut-out
[No. of vertical
modules]
downstream
Motor
mechanism
module
Direct rotary handle or

All type
NSX with ammeter module motor mechanism module
or VigiNSX
> page 84
04060 (2)
3P: LV429515
4P: LV429516
Linergy BS
busbars in duct
DD380761
300
DD383855
Horizontal plug-in
DD380589
600
Horizontal fixed
DD383855
Mounting
All type
> page 85
04061 (3)
-
(2) Supplied with connections - (3) Connection must be made.
32
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Compact NSX100/250
verticalmounting
Functional system
Functional units
Circuit breakers
300
600
Devices
DD380666
Vertical fixed
DD383871
Mounting
Toggle

No. of vertical modules (1)
Mounting plates
Front plates
with cut-out
[No. of vertical
modules]
upstream
downstream
NSX100/160 NSX250
4 x 3P or 3 x 4P
7
9
03040
03040
03243 [5]
03243 [5]
Vigi NSX100/160
Vigi NSX250 NSX100/160 NSX250
8
03040
03241 [7]
11
03040
03241 [7]
Vigi NSX100/160 Vigi NSX250
4 x 3P or 3 x 4P
7
9
8
03041
03041
03041
03243 [5]
03243 [5] 03244 [7]
+ LV429285
(collar)
03802 [2] 03802 [2]
03802 [2] 03801 [1]
11
03041
03244 [7]
+ LV429285
(collar)
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2] 03802 [2]

03802 [2]
03802 [2] 03801 [1]
03802 [2]
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
Divisible
85 x 147 mm
03249 (to add modular devices to a row with Compact NSX 3P or 4P without electronic trip unit)
blanking plates 107 x 147 mm 03222 (to add modular devices to a row with Compact NSX 3P or 4P with electronic trip unit)
46 x 1000 mm 03220 (to add modular devices to a row with Compact NSX 3P or 4P + Vigi without electronic trip unit)
46 x 90 mm
03221 (to add modular devices to a row with Compact NSX 3P or 4P + Vigi with electronic trip unit)
(1) With or without spreaders, whatever the distribution solution.
Type of connected devices

Distribution block / busbars
Adjustable rail
Power supply block
Connection block
All type
3P: 04033
4P: 04034
03002
-
> page 90
NSX
VigiNSX
04061
04062
3P: LV429515
4P: LV429516
must be made
> page 82
All type
Linergy BS busbars in
duct
DD380761
Rear Linergy BS
busbars
DD380777
Insulated Linergy BW busbars (1)

DD380593
Linergy DP 250 A
distribution block
DD380780
Distribution
All type
> page 84
> page 85
(1) 1 device centred on mounting plate.
NSX
100/250
Direct rotary
handle
Vigi NSX NSX

100/250 100/250
13
03050
03253 [9]
-
03050
03293 [9]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03051
03253 [9]
-
DD380777
Number of devices
per row
No. of vertical
modules (2)
Mounting plates
Front
cut-out
plates
upstream
[No. of downstream
vertical
modules]
Toggle
DD382305
Devices
Type of
connected
devices
Distribution
block /
busbars
Adjustable rail
Power supply
block
Connection
block
Short terminal
shield
DD382567
600
Insulated Linergy Linergy BS

Linergy BS
BW busbars (3)
multi-stage busbars rear busbars
ormulti-stage
distribution block in
duct
DD380745
300
Distribution Linergy DP
250 A
distribution
block in duct
Vertical fixed
DD383858
Mounting
All type
NSX
All type
All type
3P: 04033
4P: 04034
> page 82
> page 85
> page 84
03011
-
04061
04064
04065
VigiNSX
> page 90
must be
made
3P: LV429515
4P: LV429516
(3) Space available at the top of the enclosure after mounting the universal power supply block:
- NSX100/250 = 7 modules
- Vigi NSX100/250 = 9 modules.
Space required by power supply block on Linergy BW busbars = 5 modules.
Incoming connection 3P: LV429517

block
4P: LV429518
(2) With or without spreaders.
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
33
Compact NSX400/630
horizontal mounting
Functional system
Functional units
Circuit breakers
Devices
Mounting plates
Front plates
cut-out
modules]
DD383851
NSX400/630
1
9
03070
03296 [6]
03803 [3]
1
6
03070
03296 [6]
-
04076
04076
Insulated Linergy BW
busbars
Rear Linergy BS
busbars
DD380783
Distribution
Toggle

Busbars
Power supply block with
connections
34
NSX400
NSX630
04070
04071
> page 82
Linergy BS busbars in duct

DD380761
300
DD380777
600
Horizontal fixed
DD383852
Mounting
All type
All type
> page 84
> page 85
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Compact NSX400/630
verticalmounting
Functional system
Functional units
Circuit breakers
300
600
Devices
DD383854
Vertical fixed
DD383853
Mounting
Toggle
NSX400

Mounting plates
Front plates cut-out
[No. of vertical
modules]
upstream
downstream
Long terminal shield
NSX630
Vigi NSX400
Vigi NSX630
NSX400/630
1
11
03073
03275 [9]
1
12
03073
03275 [9]
1
13
03073
03297 [11]
1
14
03073
03297 [11]
1
14
03074
03275 [9]
03802 [2]
3P: LV432593
4P: LV432594
03802 [2]
03801 [1]
03802 [2]
-
03802 [2]
03801 [1]
03802 [2]
03803 [3]
Vigi NSX400/630
1
17
03074
03297 [11]
+ LV429285 (collar)
03802 [2]
03804 [4]

Busbars
Power supply block
All type
All type
> page 82
> page 84

DD380761
Rear Linergy BS busbars

DD380777
busbars
DD383825
Distribution
All type
> page 85
04074 (2)
3P: LV432591
4P: LV432592
(2) Connection must be made.
Devices
Number of devices
per row
Mounting plates
[No. of
upstream
vertical
downstream
modules]
Toggle
NSX400 NSX630 Vigi

NSX400/630
NSX
400/630
11
03080
03298 [8]
03812 [2]
03811 [1]
12
03080
03298 [8]
03812 [2]
03812 [2]
14
03080
03299 [10]
03812 [2]
03812 [2]
12
03081
03283 [12]
-
3P: LV432593
4P: LV432594
DD380777
Type of
connected
devices
Busbars
Power supply
block
Connection
block
Short terminal
shield
Barrier
Rear Linergy
BS
Dd382305
Distribution Insulated
Multi-space
Linergy BW in duct
(4)
Linergy BS
Dd382567
600
DD383858
300
Vertical fixed
DD383857
Mounting
All type
All type
All type
> page 82
> page 85
> page 84
04074
04073
04075
3P: LV432591
4P: LV432592
included
04197
04198
(4) Space available at the top of the enclosure after mounting

the universal power supply block:
- NSX100/250 = 7 modules
- Vigi NSX100/250 = 9 modules
Space required by power supply block on insulated Linergy
BW busbars = 5 modules.
(3) With or without spreaders
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
35
Easypact EZC100/400
horizontal mounting
Functional system
Functional units
Circuit breakers
600
300
Devices
Horizontal fixed
DD385297
Mounting
Toggle
EZC250 / EZCV250
Distribution
duct

Busbars
All type
36
> page 84
EZC400
3P
1
5
03105
03306
EZ4TSHD3P
4P
1
5
03105
03306
EZ4TSHD4P
DD380761
4P
1
4
03104
03304
EZETSHD4P
DD380777

Mounting plates
Cut-out front plates
Long terminal shield (set of 2)
3P
1
4
03104
03304
EZETSHD3P
All type
> page 85
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Easypact EZC100/400
verticalmounting
Functional system
Functional units
Circuit breakers
Devices
Toggle
EZC100

Mounting plates
Divisible blanking plate
H=85 mm, L=147 mm
1P
15
5
03102
03303
03249
3P
5
5
03102
03303
EZATSHD3P
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
EZC100
04031 (x no. of pole)
+ 03001 (rail)
All type
y 400 A
All type
y 630 A
> page 84
> page 85
> page 89
Version : 4.0
4P
3
7
03104
03305
EZETSHD4PN
EZC400
3P
1
10
03105
03307
EZ4TSHD3P
4P
1
10
03105
03307
EZ4TSHD4P
duct
DD380761

Distribution block
3P
4
7
03104
03305
EZETSHD3PN
-
DD380777
Distribution block
Linergy DX 1P, 160 A
EZC250 / EZCV250
4P
3
5
03102
03303
EZATSHD4P
DD383493
Distribution
Busbars
DD385298
300
DD383044
600
Vertical fixed
DD38110
Mounting
12/04/2013
37
Functional system
Functional units
Easypact CVS100/250
horizontal mounting
Circuit breakers
(1)
300
Devices
DD380594.eps
600
Horizontal fixed without cable duct

DD385296.eps
Mounting
Toggle
No. of devices per plate
Rotary handle
CVS100/250, 3P/4P
Vigi CVS100/250, 3P/4P
CVS100/250, 3P/4P
Mounting plates
03030
03033
03031
03031
Front plates
[No. of vertical
modules]
with cut-out
03230 [4]
03238 [4]
03232 [4]
03292 [4] + LV429285 (collar)
upstream
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
downstream
Short terminal shields
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
3P: LV429515
4P: LV429516
3P : LV429515
4P : LV429516
3P: LV429515
4P: LV429516
3P: LV429515
4P: LV429516
3P: LV429517
3P : LV429517
3P: LV429517
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
4P : LV429518
4P: LV429518
4P: LV429518
(1) Maximum size of connection cables: 70 mm. For cable cross-sections greater than 70 mm, use of a cable duct is recommended.
600
Horizontal fixed without cable duct

DD383855.eps
Mounting
300
Devices
Toggle
Rotary handle
CVS100/250, 3P/4P
CVS100/250, 3P/4P
Mounting plates
03030
03033
03031
03031
Front plates
[No. of vertical
modules]
with cut-out
03230 [4]
03238 [4]
03232 [4]
03292 [4] + LV429285 (collar)
upstream
downstream
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
3P: LV429515
4P: LV429516
3P : LV429515
4P : LV429516
3P : LV429515
4P : LV429516
3P : LV429515
4P : LV429516
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
3P : LV429517
4P : LV429518
3P : LV429517
4P : LV429518
3P : LV429517
4P : LV429518
Note: for insulated flexible bars connections, voir page 64.
38
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Easypact CVS100/250
verticalmounting
Functional system
Functional units
Circuit breakers
300
Devices
DD380666.eps
600
Vertical fixed without cable duct

DD383871.eps
Mounting
Toggle
Rotary handle
CVS100/250
Vigi CVS100/250
CVS100/250
Vigi CVS100/250
4 x 3P or 3 x 4P
4 x 3P or 3 x 4P
4 x 3P or 3 x 4P
4 x 3P or 3 x 4P
11
11
Mounting plates
with cut-out
03040
03243 [5]
03040
03241 [7]
03041
03243 [5]
03041
03244 [7] + LV429285 (collar)
upstream
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
downstream
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
3P: LV429515
4P: LV429516
3P: LV429515
4P: LV429516
3P: LV429515
4P: LV429516
3P: LV429515
4P: LV429516
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
Front plates
[No. of vertical
modules]
Divisible blanking plate for CVS
03249
03249
03249
03249
Divisible blanking plate for Viigi
03221
03221
600
Devices
DD383858.eps
300
Vertical fixed in duct

DD380744.EPS
Mounting
Toggle
Rotary handle
CVS100/250, 3P/4P
CVS100/250, 3P/4P
13
Mounting plates
03050
03050
03051
Front plates
with cut-out
modules]
03250 [9]
03252 [11]
03253 [9]
03812 [2]
3P : LV429515
4P : LV429516
3P : LV429515
4P : LV429516
3P: LV429515
4P: LV429516
3P : LV429517
4P : LV429518
3P : LV429517
4P : LV429518
3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
(1)
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
39
Functional system
Functional units
Easypact CVS400/630
horizontal mounting
Circuit breakers
600
Fixe horizontal with cable duct

DD383855.eps
Mounting
300
Devices
Toggle
CVS400/630, 3P/4P
(cables via top)
CVS400/630, 3P/4P
(cables via bottom)
11
Mounting plates
03070
03070
with cut-out
03270 [6]
03270 [6]
upstream
03803 [3]
03802 [2]
3P : LV429591
4P : LV429592
3P : LV429593
4P : LV429594
03802 [2]
3P : LV429591
4P : LV429592
3P : LV429593
4P : LV429594
Front plates
[No. of vertical
modules]
downstream
40
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Easypact CVS400/630
verticalmounting
Functional system
Functional units
Circuit breakers
300
Devices
DD383854.eps
600
Vertical fixed without cable duct

Dd380784.eps
Mounting
Toggle

(1)
Mounting plates
Rotary handle
CVS400/630, 3P/4P
CVS400/630, 3P/4P
13
15
14
17
03073
03073
03074
03074
with cut-out
03273 [9]
03276 [11]
03275 [9]
03297 [11]+ LV429295 (collar)
upstream
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
03803 [3]
03802 [2]
03804 [4]
3P: LV429591
4P: LV429592
3P : LV429591
4P : LV429592
3P: LV429591
4P: LV429592
3P : LV429591
4P : LV429592
3P: LV429593
4P: LV429594
3P : LV429593
4P : LV429594
3P: LV429593
4P: LV429594
3P : LV429593
4P : LV429594
Front plates
[No. of vertical
modules]
downstream
600
Devices
DD383858.eps
300
Vertical fixed in duct

DD380744.EPS
Mounting
Toggle
Rotary handle
CVS400/630, 3P/4P
CVS400/630, 3P/4P
12
??
12
03080
03080
03081
with cut-out
03280 [8]
03282 [?]
03283 [12]
upstream
03812 [2]
03812 [2]
downstream
03812 [2]
03812 [2]
3P: LV429591
4P: LV429592
3P : LV429591
4P : LV429592
3P: LV429591
4P: LV429592
3P: LV429593
4P: LV429594
3P : LV429593
4P : LV429594
3P: LV429593
4P: LV429594
(1)
Mounting plates
Front plates
[No. of
vertical
modules]
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
41
horizontal mounting
Functional system
Functional units
Switch-disconnectors
300
Devices
Direct front handle

Mounting plates
Front plates
cut-out
modules]
Incoming
cables via top
connection
cables via top
block
INS250-INV100/250
1
5
03030
03231 [4]
03801 [1]
04066
04067
600
Horizontal fixed, direct connection

DD380670
Mounting
300
Devices
Direct front handle
Distribution block Linergy

DP 250 A
Dd381349
INS250
INV100/250
3P
04033
INS250
INS-INV
INV100/250 320/400

Power supply block with
connection
42
> page 90
4P
04034
> page 90
INS-INV320/630 INS-INV320/630
1
4
03030
03231 [4]
1
9
03070
03271 [6]
1
6
03070
03271 [6]
03803 [3]
29324
32565
32565
busbars (3)
Rear Linergy BS
busbars
DD380777
Distribution
Dd381346

Mounting plates
Front plates
cut-out
[No. of vertical
upstream
modules]
INS250INV100/250
INS-INV
500/630
> page 82
04060
04070
Version : 4.0
duct
DD380761
600
Horizontal fixed with connection block

DD380669
Mounting
All type
All type
> page 84
> page 85
04071
12/04/2013
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
vertical mounting
Functional system
Functional units
Switch-disconnectors
Vertical fixed with or without spreaders

Dd380761
Mounting
300
Direct front handle
Lateral handle
INS250-INV100/250
INS/INV320/400
1
10
03073
03274 [10]
32565
Distribution
Distribution block Linergy DP 250 A
INS-NV250
Front handle
3P
4P
04034
04033
busbars
INS-INV250
> page
90
> page
90

Power supply block
Connection block
03002
-
03002
Lateral handle
3P
4P
04033
04034
+ 04037 (1) + 04037 (1)
> page 90
03003
> page 90
03003
INS/INV250
1
12
03073
03274 [10]
03802 [2]
32565
Dd381348
1
8
03040
03248 [5]
03801 [1]
03802 [2]
29324
Dd381347

Mounting plates
Front plates
cut-out
modules]
downstream
INS/INV500/630
1
8
03032
03806 [6]
03802 [2]
29324
Rear Linergy BS
busbars
INS-INV320/630 All type
> page 82
> page 84
04060
04062
29322
Linergy BS
busbars in duct
DD380761
Devices
DD380777
600
All type
> page 85
04074
must be made
32563
(1) Copper spacer.
Type of
connected
devices
Devices
Number of devices
per row
Mounting plates
[No. of
downstream
vertical
modules]
(set of 2)
Front direct rotary handle
INS250
INS-INV INS-INV
INV100/250 320/400 500/630
1
9
03050
03251 [9]
-
10
03080
03281 [10]
-
12
03080
03281 [10]
03812 [2]
29324
32565
32565
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Distribution
blocks /
Busbars
Adjustable
modular device
rail
Power supply
block
Connection
block
Short terminal
shield
Barrier
Linergy BS
busbars in
duct
INS250
INV100/250
INS250
INS-INV INS250
INS-INV All type
INV100/250 320/630 INV100/250 320/630
3P
04033
> page 82
> page 84
> page 85
03011
04061
04074
04064
04073
04065
04075
29322
32563
29322
32563
included
> page
90
4P
04034
> page
90
04197
DD380777
Insulated Linergy Rear Linergy BS

BW busbars
busbars
DD382571
600
Distribution
block Linergy
DP 250 A
DD382570
Distribution
DD382569
300
Vertical fixed with or

without spreaders
DD80773
Mounting
04198
(2) S
pace available at the top of the enclosure after mounting the universal power supply block:
7modules. Encombrement du bloc dalimentation sur Linergy BW: 5modules
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
43
Functional system
Functional units
Manual source changeover system
Compact NSX100/250
circuitbreaker
changeoversystem
Mounting
DD380535
600
Fixed
(Changeover with mechanical interlocking)
300
ON
I
reset
O
OFF
Devices
Front connection, direct rotary handle
NSX100/250

Mounting plates
Front plates
cut-out
modules]
downstream
Coupling accessory
44
Version : 4.0
3P
10
03043
03245 [5]
03802 [2]
03803 [3]
LV429369
LV429517
LV429358
12/04/2013
4P
10
03043
03245 [5]
03802 [2]
03803 [3]
LV429369
LV429518
LV429359
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Functional system
Functional units
Manual source changeover system
300
Fixed
(Complete source changeover assembly)

DD380537
600
Fixed
(Changeover with mechanical interlocking)

DD380536
Mounting
Compact INS-INV250
switch-disconnector
changeover system
I ON
I ON
OFF
O
Devices
Front, direct rotary handle
INS-INV250

Mounting plates
cut-out
Front plates
modules]
downstream
Complete source changeover
assembly
Coupling accessory
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Front, direct rotary handle
3P
9
03043 + 2 x 31064 (raiser)
03235 [5]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
31073
-
4P
9
03043 + 2 x 31064 (raiser)
03235 [5]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
31073
-
29324
LV429358
29324
LV429359
Version : 4.0
INS250
3P
9
03043
03247 [5]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
100 A: 31140
160 A: 31144
200 A: 31142
250 A: 31146
29324
LV429358
12/04/2013
4P
9
03043
03247 [5]
03802 [2]
03802 [2]
100 A: 31141
160 A: 31145
200 A: 31143
250 A: 31147
29324
LV429359
45
Fupact INF
horizontalmounting
Functional system
Functional units
Fusegear
300
Devices
Extended rotary handle
INF32

Mounting plates
Front plates
cut-out
[No. of vertical
downstream
modules]
Dd382475
600
Horizontal
DD382474
Mounting
INF40/60
INF100/160
3P or 4P
1
3
03113
03313
3P
1
5
03114
03314
4P
1
5
03114
03314
3P
1
7
03114
03314 [5]
4P
1
7
03114
03314 [5]
03802 [2] (1)
03802 [2] (1)
49658
49658 x 2
49659 x 6
49659 x 8
Distribution

DD383846
DD381380
DD380777
(1) Not needed if direct distribution.

Busbars
Connection block
All type
INF100/160
All type
must be made
must be made
> page 85
Insulated Linergy BW busbars (2)
> page 82
> page 84
(2) The mounting plate for INF Fupact does not leave a passage for the busbar; it can only be installed below the plate.
The distribution system is installed under the functional unit.
46
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Fupact INF
vertical mounting
Functional system
Functional units
Fusegear
300
Devices
Extended rotary handle
INF32/40

Mounting plates
Front plates
cut-out
[No. of vertical
downstream
modules]
DD382478
600
Vertical
DD382477
Mounting
INF63
INF100/160
3P
4
3
03113
03312
4P
3
3
03113
03313
3P
3
5
03114
03314
4P
2
5
03114
03315
3P
2
7
03114
03315 [5]
4P
2
7
03114
03315 [5]
03802 [2] (1)
03802 [2] (1)
49658
49658 x 2
49659 x 6
49659 x 8
All type
All type
> page 82
> page 84
> page 85
Distribution blocks / busbars

Universal power supply block
Connection block
03002
03002
04061
must be made must be made must be made
> page 89
> page 89
INF100/160
INF100/160
3P
04031 x 3
4P
04031 x 4
DD380761
busbars (2)
DD380777
Distribution block
DD381380
Distribution
DD383658
(2) The mounting plate for INF Fupact does not leave a passage for the busbar; it can only be installed below the plate.
The distribution system is installed under the functional unit.
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
47
Functional system
Functional units
Fupact ISFT160/250
horizontalmounting
Fusegear
600
Horizontal
DD342480
Mounting
300
Devices
On mounting plate

Mounting plates
Front plates
cut-out
modules]
downstream
ISFT160
1
6
03121
03326 [3]
03801 [1]
03802 [2] (1)
49869 x 2
ISFT250
1
6
03124
03328 [5]
03801 [1]
49872 x 2
Type of connected devi ces

Distribution blocks / busbars
Connection block
48
All type
> page 82
All type
> page 84
duct
Dd380761

Dd380777
busbars
Dd382481
Distribution
All type
> page 85
04061
must be made
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Fupact ISFT100/100N,
ISFT160/250
vertical mounting
Functional system
Functional units
Fusegear
Number of devices
per row
Mounting plates
Front
cut-out
plates
upstream
[No. of
downstream
vertical
modules]
On mounting plate
Distribution
Comb busbar
Connected
Type
devices
Number
Comb busbar
Coupler to connect 2 busbars
Tooth cover
Set of 3 connectors
ISFT100
2
3
4
49861
49862
49863
49890
49864
49865 (25 to 95 mm2)
49860 (3 x 10 mm2)
DD382484
Devices
Dd382483
300
600
Vertical
Dd382482
Mounting
On busbars
ISFT100 ISFT100N ISFT160
ISFT100N
ISFT160
7
03120
03320 [6]
03801 [1]
8
03126
03325 [8]
-
8
03121
03321 [6]
03802 [2]
8
03122
03325 [8]
-
8
03122
03321 [6]
03802 [2] (1)
49869 x 2
49869 x 2
(1)
600
Devices
03002
must be made
04061
must be made
> page 89
All type
DD380761
DD380777
All type
> page 84
All type
> page 85
Vertical fixed
On mounting plate
ISFT160
ISFT250
1
9
03125
03329
49872 x 2
Distribution
Distribution block
busbars
Dd382843
1
6
03123
03327
49869 x 2
DD383659

Mounting plates

ISFT160
04031 x 3
All type
All type

Connection block
03011
must be made
04061
must be made
must be made
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
> page 89
> page 82
Version : 4.0
> page 85
12/04/2013
Rear Linergy BS
busbars
DD380777
300
> page 82
Dd382490
Mounting
All type
04031 x 3
Dd382488

Connectors / distribution block /
busbars
Connection block
busbars
DD382847
Distribution block
DD383659
Distribution
All type
> page 84
49
Modular devices
80/160Aswitchboard incomer
Functional system
Functional units
Modular devices
Devices
Rail (48 modules of 9 mm)
Modular front plates
Blanking plate strip
> page 145
divisible
Switch-disconnector
Dd383995
300
600
Circuit breaker
Dd383268
Mounting
NG160, NG160NA
Vigi NG160
5
03002 (adjustable) (1)
03205
03220
03221
NG125, NG125NA,Vigi NG125,

C120, Vigi C120, iC120, Vigi iC120
5
03001
03205
INS40/160
4
03001
03204
03220
03221
INS100/160
with long terminal shields
5
03001
03205
(1) Can be completed by a rail + raiser (ctn.no 04227) to instal modular devices on.
600
Devices
Front plates modular
[No. of vertical
modules]
downstream
> page 145
divisible
Switch-disconnector
Dd383496
300
Circuit breaker
Dd383626
Mounting
NG160, NG160NA
5
03011 (adjustable) (2)
03214 [4]
INS40/160
4
03010
03214 [4]
INS100/160 with long terminal shields

5
03010
03214 [4]
03811 [1]
03220
03221
03220
03221
03811 [1]
03220
03221
(2) Can be completed by a rail + raiser (cat. no. 04227) to instal modular devices on.

All type
Connection block
> page 83
> page 82
All type
All type
> page 84
must be made
DD385267
DD383301
Distribution
Distribution
Linergy DS
block Linergy DX block Linergy DX Multi-stage
1P, 160 A
4P, 160 A
distribution
DD383300
Linergy BS
busbars in duct
DD380761
DD380777
Insulated Linergy Rear Linergy BS

BW busbars
busbars
Dd383270
Distribution
> page 85
All type
04031
All type
04046
All type
must be made
04149
livrs avec 04046
must be made
> page 89
> page 89
> page 92
Service connection
300
Devices
Horizontal partitioning (3)
Dd383531
600
Modular incoming fusegear

Dd383530
Mounting
Modular incoming fusegear 1 Ph

8
4
03001
03359
04331
Modular incoming fusegear 3 Ph

3
4
03001
03159
04331
(3) Order twice the catalogue number in case of other installation than at top enclosure.
50
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Functional system
Functional units
Modular devices
outgoers y 63 A
Modular devices
Modular devices 40 A
48
4 (1)
03001
03204
03220
03221
48
3
03001
03203
03220
03221
Dd383121
Rail length (modules of 9 mm)

> > page 145
divisible
All modular devices
Vertical
Dd383266
Devices
Horizontal distances between centres: 150 mm

Dd383265
300
600
Horizontal distances
between centres: 200 mm
Dd383264
Mounting
48
8
03001 x 3
03223
03220
03221
All modular
devices
48
64
9
12
04226
04226
03228
03229
03220
03221
(1) For a modular row with a 160 A (half row) and 200 A Linergy FM distribution block positioned directly below a non-modular mounting-plate (Compact, etc...), or at
the top of a switchboard, add one additional module (i.e. 4+1) and a plain upstream front plate(03801).
Dd383489
Devices
Rail length (modules of 9 mm)
> > page 145
divisible
All modular devices

20
4
03010
03214
03220
03221
Modular devices 40 A
20
3
03010
03213
03220
03221
Distribution
Linergy FH comb busbar
Distribution block Linergy

FM 63 to 200 A row
DD384088
distances between centres: 150 mm
Dd383490
distances between centres: 200 mm
Dd382484
Mounting
According devices
All type
300
600

Comb busbars /
distribution blocks
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
> page 96
> page 94
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
51
Functional system
Functional units
Industrial control devices
TeSys D, TeSys K contactors

300
Devices
Useful length for rail
Rail
Plain front plates
For 300 mm wide duct

DD380708
600
For 600 mm wide enclosures

DD381613
Mounting
LC1Dp or LC1Kp ( 40 A)
LC1Dp or LC1Kp ( 40 A)
432 mm
3
03004 (in rear)
03803
180 mm
3
03011 (adjustable)
03813
TeSys GV2/GV3 circuit breakers

300
Devices
Rail
Front plates
cut-out
modules]
downstream
> page 145
divisible

DD383492
600

DD383494
Mounting
TeSys GV2
432 mm
3
03002
03203 [3]
03220
03221
TeSys GV3
432 mm
5
03002
03205 [5]
03220
03221
TeSys GV2
180 mm
3
03010
03213 [3]
03220
03221
TeSys GV3
180 mm
5
03011 (adjustable)
03213 [3]
03811 [1]
03811 [1]
03220
03221
Combined TeSys GV2 circuit breaker

+ TeSys GV3Ppp1 contactor
300
Devices
Rail
Front plates
transparent
[No. of vertical plain
modules]
downstream
52

DD381189
600

DD381318
Mounting
GV2 + LC1Dp ou
LC1Kp ( 40 A)
432 mm
5
03004 (rear)
03342 [4]
03801 [1]
Version : 4.0
GV3Ppp1
432 mm
7
03004
03343 [6]
03801 [1]
12/04/2013
GV2 + LC1Dp ou
LC1Kp ( 40 A)
180 mm
5
03011 (adjustable)
03352 [4]
03811 [1]
GV3Ppp1
180 mm
7
03011
03353 [6]
03811 [1]
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Functional system
Functional units
Industrial control devices
Tesys U starter-controler
300
Devices
Rail
transparent
Front plates
[No. of vertical plain
modules]

DD381190
600

DD381319
Mounting
TeSys U
432 mm
5
03004 (in rear)
03342 [4] (2)
03801 [1]
TeSys U (1)
432 mm
4
03004 (in rear)
03342 [4] (3)
-
TeSys U
180 mm
5
03011 (adjustable)
03352 [4] (2)
03811 [1]
TeSys U (1)
180 mm
4
03011 (adjustable)
03352 [4] (3)
-
(1) TeSys U without communication module, neither auxiliary contact, neither inverter module.
(2) I f the communication module is installed, the transparent front plate is mandatory. If not, the 2 front plates can be replaced by
one plain front plate (cat.no 03805 in wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosure, 03815 in duct).
(3) Or plain front plate (cat.no 03804 in wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosure, 03814 in duct).
Soft starters Altistart 01
Devices

Useful length
Rail
Slotted plates
Plain front plates
DD381191
300
For 300 mm wide in

duct
DD382604
600

DD382603
Mounting
On rail
ATS01N103FT ATS01N109FT ATS01N222
ATS01N106FT ATS01N112FT to 232
ATS01N206
to212
19
9
9
432 mm
432 mm
432 mm
4
5
6
03004
03003
03003
(in rear)
03804
03805
03806
On recessed slotted mounting

plate
ATS01N230LY ATS01N272LY, ATS01N285LY
ATS01N244LY ATS01N272Q, ATS01N285Q
ATS01N244Q
On rail
ATS01N103FT
ATS01N106FT
2
432 mm
5
03003
2
420 mm
6
-
19
180 mm
4
03011 (adjustable)
03805
03172
03806
03814
600
Devices
300
For 300 mm wide in duct

DD380709
Mounting
DD382816
Supply and LV/LV Phaseo transformer
On recessed slotted mounting plate
On slotted plate
ABL6TS/TD, ABL6-RF
Useful length for mounting plate 420 mm
4
Slotted plates
03171
Plain front plates
03804
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Version : 4.0
ABL6TS/TD, ABL6-RF
172 mm
4
03175
03814
12/04/2013
53
Classe II
Functional system
Functional units
Other devices
Mounting
600
300
Devices
Mounting plates
Front plate at
transparent
your choice
plain
Horizontal partitioning
Insulating plates
Accessories
DD382949
Devices
Mounting plates
Metering front plates
Insulating plate
Accessories
Single-phase (Ph + N)
3
6
03157
03155
04331
03154
M5 spacers for mounting plate > page 68
3-phase (3 Ph + N)
2
9
03152
03158
04331
03154
Behind front plate (1)

DD382951
300
DD382948
600
Accessible (1)
DD382950
Mounting
Single-phase (Ph + N)
3
6
03157
03343
03806
04331
03154
3-phase (3 Ph + N)
2
9
03152
03344
03807
04331
03154
(1) Order one additional horizontal partition in case of installation other than at the top of enclosure.
Note : meters can be installed directly on mounting plate equipped with 6 mm earthing braid (cat.no 08910) and combined
with partitioning or front plates.
54
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Functional system
Functional units
Other devices
Mounting
300
600
Devices
Mounting plates
Front plates at transparent
your choice
plain
Earthing braid (2)
Accessories
DD383047

Mounting plates
Front plates at transparent
your choice
plain
Earthing braid (2)
Accessories
DD383046
Devices
DD383045
300
600
3-phase kilowatt-hour meters

(3 Ph + N)
2
6
03160
03343
03806
04331
08910
Connection blocks
3-phase kilowatt-hour meters (3 Ph + N)

+ connection block
1+1
6
03160
03343
03806
04331
08910
2
6
03160
03343
03806
04331
08910

DD382956
Mounting
3-phase (3 Ph + N)
1
9
03156
03354
03817
04332
08910
(1) Order one additional horizontal partition in case of installation other than at the top
of enclosure.
(2) Meters can be installed directly on mounting plate equipped with 6 mm earthing braid
(cat.no 08910) and combined with partitioning or front plates.
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
55
56
version: 2.3
93023F.indd
Functional system
Functional units
and distribution
Other devices
3 mounting types in
Prisma System G
2 types of device mounting

72 x 72 and 96 x 96
> In the device zone of wall-mounted and

Dd381705
Dd381685
> On an interface with plastic mounting

plates clipped onto the metal front plate
with cut-outs
60
40
60
40
60
40
10
0
10
0
10
0
60
40
10
0
bb The interface is made up of a metal front plate and

plastic mounting plates that clip onto the front plate.
bb The devices are attached in the cut-outs of
the plastic mounting plates and insulated from
the front plate.
Dd381687
2
> On a partial door with cut-outs in wallmounted and floor-standing enclosures
Dd381643
Dd381688
Dd382574
bb A system at the rear of the mounting plates

guides the wires.
0
0
0
bb Each mounting plate can receive an adhesive label.

bb Plain mounting plates are available to blank off any
unused locations.
bb With flexible trunking to protect and guide

wiring to door (04235).
> On a partial door with cut-outs,

on an inclined visor by 30
Dd382636
Dd381689
> Directly on a metal front plate

with cut-outs
bb With cut-out plastic mounting plate directly

clipped on the visor.
bb Supplied with a drilling diagram for mounting
on a plain door.
bb Devices are attached directly to the metal

front plate.
bb Blanking plates are available to blank off
any unused locations.
Note:
- to maintain the IP55 degree of protection, the measurement devices must be installed behind a transparent door.
- if they are installed on a plain door, use the corresponding mounting plates. (> page 58).
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
57
Functional system
Functional units
and distribution
Other devices
Vigirex and other devices 72 x 72
Measurement, inspection, indication
DD382636
Other devices 72 x 72
6
3
03910
-
Vigirex
and other devices 72 x 72
5
03928
03902
03900
To blank-off or install:
- from 1 to 4 buttons, 16 or 22 mm
- 1 device 45 x 45
03907
- 1 or 2 buttons, 22 mm
- 1 device 45 x 45
03900
- from 1 to 4 buttons 16 or 22 mm
- 1 device 45 x 45
DD382575

Visor
Metal front plates with cut-outs
Plastic mounting plates with
cut-outs
Blanking plate
or device support
Vigirex (1)
5
3
03904
03902
DD382575
Devices
DD381689
300
Directly on a metal front plate On an inclined visor by 30

with cut-outs
with plastic mounting plates
DD383637
600
On an interface with plastic

mounting plates
DD381705
Mounting
(1) RHU, RH10P, RH21P, RH99 relay, RM12T Multiplexer, for 72 x 72 mm version.
Power Meter and other devices 96 x 96

Dd382636
DD383662
4
3
03904
03903
Power Meter (2)

4
1
3
3
03911
03913
-
Power Meter (2)

4
03928
03903
03901
- from 1 to 4 buttons 16 or 22mm
- 1 device 45 x 45
- 1 device 72 x 72
03908
- 1 or 2 buttons 22 mm
- 1 device 45 x 45
- 1 device 72 x 72
03901
- from 1 to 4 buttons 16 or 22 mm
- 1 device 45 x 45
- 1 device 72 x 72
DD382633

Visor
Plastic mounting plates
with cut-outs
Blanking plate
or device support
Other devices 96x96
On an inclined visor
by 30 with plastic
mounting plates
DD382633
Devices
Dd381711
300
Directly on a metal front plate with

cut-outs
DD383634
600
On an interface with
plastic mounting plates
Dd382632
Mounting
(2) Power Meter PM200 / PM700 / PM800, FDM121.
58
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Functional system
Functional units
and distribution
Other devices
Device 144 x 144 + 4 devices 72 x 72
600
On a metal front plate with cut-outs

Dd381712
Mounting
300
Device 144 x 144 + devices 72 x 72

1+4
4
03912
03907
To blank-off the unused locations 72 x 72 or install:
- 1 or 2 buttons 22mm
- 1 device 45 x 45
Dd382637
Devices
Blanking plate
or device support
300
Other modular devices

Vigirex, Vigilohm and other modular devices
600
300
DD383480
600
DD381690
Pushbuttons and lamps 22 mm
DD383479
Pushbuttons and lamps
Devices
(1) Harmony Style 4, 5 and 7.
Metal front plate with

knock-outs 22 mm (1)
12
2
03914
Devices
Vigirex (1), Vigilohm (2)
Other modular devices
3
03001
03203
2
03001
03002 (3)
(ammeter, voltmeter, lamp,

pushbuttons, etc.)
(1) RH10, RH21, RH99, RMH relay and RM12T Multiplexer.

(2) IM9, IM9-0L, IM20, IM20H.
(3) For installation at the top or bottom of the enclosure, use a 3-module modular front plate
(03203).
Other devices behind transparent front plates

Transparent front plates L = 600
300
Nb of module
4
6
9
12
3-DESW015EN FS-FU
Version : 4.0
DD383481
600
Height
200 mm
300 mm
450 mm
600 mm
03342
03343
03344
03345
12/04/2013
59
Connections blocks
Powersupplyblocks
Functional system
Functional units
Horizontal mounting
Power supply block

and prefabricated connections
Incoming connection blocks
Devices y 630 A
Connection block
630 A (top/bottom)
Compact NSX100/250
Compact INS250,
INV100/250
Compact NSX100/250
Compact INS250,
INV100/250
Compact NSX400/630
Mounting
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal, in duct
Catalogue number
04066
04066
04067
04067
04076
Configuration
> page 32
> page 42
> page 32
> page 42
> page 34
Characteristics
Optimize the dimension of the enclosure and avoid the contraints of cables bending radius
DD385236.eps
Devices
DD383856
Incoming connection block 250 A

via bottom
DD385235.eps
Incoming connection block 250 A

via top
DD385234.eps
Description
Power supply block with connections between

Compact device and Linergy BW isolated busbar
Devices y 250 A
Power supply block 250 A + prefabricated
connections 250 A
Devices
Compact NSX100/250
Compact INS250,
INV100/250
Compact INS250, INV100/250
Mounting
Horizontal
Horizontal
Vertical
Catalogue number
04060
04060
04060 + connection 04062
Configuration
> page 32
> page 42
> page 43
DD380522
DD385240.eps
Power supply block 250 A

DD385237.eps
Description
Power supply block with connections between

Compact device and Linergy BW isolated busbar
Devices 400-630 A
Devices

DD385239.eps

DD385238.eps
DD380783
Description
Compact NSX400
Compact NSX630
Mounting
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Catalogue number
04070
04070
04071
04071
Configuration
> page 34
> page 42
> page 34
> page 42
60
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
4-DESW015EN FS_accessories
Connections blocks
Power supply blocks
Functional system
Functional units
Vertical mounting
Power supply block

and prefabricated connections
Universal power supply block + prefabricated

connections between Compact device and
Linergy BW isolated busbar
Devices 100-250 A
Universal power supply 250 A

+ prefabricated connections 250 A
DD385242.eps
Universal power supply 250 A

+ prefabricated connections 250 A
DD385241.eps
DD382567
Description
Compact NSX100/250
Compact NSX100/250
Compact INS250,
INV100/250
Mounting
Vertical
Vertical, in duct
Vertical, in duct
Catalogue number
Configuration
> page 33
> page 33
> page 43
Devices
Universal power supply block + prefabricated

connections between Compact device and
Linergy BW isolated busbar
Devices 400-630 A
Devices
Universal power supply 400/630 A

+ prefabricated connections 400/630 A
DD385243.eps
Universal power supply 400/630 A

+ connection must be made
DD385245.eps
DD385268
Description
Compact NSX400/630
Compact NSX400/630
Mounting
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical, in duct
Vertical, in duct
Catalogue number
04074 + connection must be

made

made
04074 + liaison 04073
04074 + liaison 04073
Configuration
> page 35
> page 43
> page 35
> page 43
Universal power supply block , connections to be

made between Compact device and Linergy BW
isolated busbar
Devices y 250 A
Universal power supply 250 A + connection

must be made
Devices
Compact NSX100/250 (direct rotary handle, motor

mechanism module)
DD385244.eps
DD385318
Description
Mounting
Horizontal
Vertical
Catalogue number

made

made
Configuration
> page 32
> page 33
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
61
Connections Linergy BW isolated

busbar and device or Linergy FM
Functional system
Distribution
DD381379
Description
DD383472
DD383498
DD383295
DD383294
x4
62
Set of 4 125 A connections, L = 230 mm

35 mm ferrule + 45 angle lug
(insulated covers IPxxB, cat. No 04150)
Allows connection of
Cat. no.
NG125,
IN40/125S with tunnel terminals rf. 28947 3P or
28948 4P
04145
+ 04150
Set of 4 160 A connections, L = 230 mm

45 mm ferrule + 45 angle lug
(insulated covers IPxxB, cat. No 04150)
One-piece connection 3/4P - 160 A, L = 150mm
bb Fast connection to Linergy BW busbars
bb Equipped with male fittings one end for tunnel
terminals
bb Respects the degree of protection IPxxB
bb Neutral is clearly indicated (blue)
INS160,
NG125, NG160
04146
+ 04150
NG160 (located on left-hand side),

NG125,
INS160,
C120, iC120
04147
One-piece connection 3/4P - 160 A, L = 440mm

bb Fast connection to Linergy BW busbars
bb Equipped with male fittings one end for tunnel
terminals
bb Respects the degree of protection IPxxB
bb Neutral is clearly indicated (blue)
NG160 (located on left-hand side),

Vigi NG160 (located in the middle),
NG125,
INS160,
C120, iC120
04148
12 tap-off blocks
for 6 mm and 10 mm cable
Respects the degree of protection IPxxB
12 tap-off blocks
for 16 mm
Respects the degree of protection IPxxB
All type of device, equipped with tunnel terminals,

Linergy FM 160/200 A
04151
All type of device, equipped with tunnel terminals,

Linergy FM 160/200 A
04152
Set of 4 200 A connections

Supplied with mouting hardware
+ Insulating cover
Linergy FM 200A
04021
+ 04150
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Other prefabricated
connections
Functional system
Distribution
Devices/Linergy BS multistage busbars connections
Devices
Latral Linergy BS
busbar, 630 A
DD385253.eps
DD382305
DD385251.eps
Latral Linergy BS
busbar, 250 A
Compact NSX-INS-INV250
Mounting
Vertical, in duct
Vertical, in duct
Catalogue number
04065
04075
Configuration
> page 43
> page 43
Linergy BS and Linergy FM busbars connections

y 200 A
Rear Linergy BS
busbars
DD385248.eps
DD385247.eps
DD381458
Linergy BS multistage busbars
Devices
Catalogue number
04024
04029
Configuration
> page 95
> page 95
Allows supply of a distribution

block
Linergy FM distribution block

200 A

200 A
Connections between two sets of Linergy BS busbars

DD381458
Connection between 2 sets of Linergy BS

busbars
Devices
Set of 4 copper angle brackets - 250 A
Catalogue number
04190
Allows connection of
Electrical connections between two sets of rear busbars
Choice of accessories depending on devices

Device to connect
Fupact
INF100/160 vertical
ISFT vertical
INS
NG
C120, iC120
Compact
INS40/125/160
NG160
NSX100/250 with or without Vigi
horizontal
NSX100/250 with or without Vigi
vertical
INS-INV250 horizontal
INS-INV250 vertical
INS-INV250 lateral handle vertical
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Catalogue numbers
Connection must be made + rail 03002

Connection must be made + rail 03002
or 03011
04149
04149
04149
04033 (3P) 04034 (4P)
04033 (3P) 04034 (4P) + rail 03002 or
03011
04033 (3P) 04034 (4P)
04033 (3P) 04034 (4P) + rail 03002 or
03011
04033 (3P) 04034 (4P) + rail 03002 or
03011 + spacer 04037
63
Functional system
Distribution
Insulated flexible bars
Dd381659
The insulated flexible bars are tested in a type-tested switchboard environment.

Their design takes into account the switchboard architecture where they are often
in close proximity to a protection device (circuit breaker or fuse) with significant
heat losses.
The sizes for the flexible bars indicated below take into account the heat losses of
Schneider Electric devices in a Prisma Plus switchboard.
Dd382008
Characteristics
Length
Rated insulation level (Ui)
1800 mm
1000V
Connection between device busbar
The flexible bars are determined taking into account the connected device,
whatever the internal temperature of the switchboard.
The bar sizes indicated below take into account the derating curves of devices.
Device
Size (mm)
NSX100
NSX160/250
NSX400
NSX630
INS125/160
INS250
INS400
INS630
200 A multiclip
Fupact 250
Fupact 400
Fupact 630
Easypact CVS100
Easypact CVS160/250
Easypact CVS400
Easypact CVS630
20 x 2
20 x 3 (1)
32 x 5
32 x 8
20 x 2
20 x 3
32 x 5
32 x 6
20 x 3
24 x 5
32 x 5
32 x 8
20 x 2
20 x 3 (1)
32 x 5
32 x 8
Catalogue numbers
04742
04743
04751
04753
04742
04743
04751
04752
04743
04746
04751
04753
04742
04743
04751
04753
(1) To connect a Compact NSX250 to Powerclip busbars, use a 24 x 5 mm flexible bar (04746).
Note: the references 87646 (3P) and 87647 (4P) can be used up to 250 A, when binding of
insulated flexible bars, to withstand Isc.
Connection between busbars
Flexible bars are designed for connections between busbars taking into account
the following characteristics:
bb a maximum temperature of 60 C inside the switchboard. This corresponds to the
average temperature inside a switchboard for an ambient temperature of 35 C
bb the maximum withstand temperature for the insulating material is 125 C.
Ie (1) max.
Size (mm)
200 A
250 A
400 A
520 A
580 A
660 A
20 x 2
20 x 3
24 x 5
32 x 5
32 x 6
32 x 8
Catalogue numbers
04742
04743
04746
04751
04752
04753
(1) Rated operational current.
Designing connections
> page 167
64
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Partitioning
Functional system
Partitioning of functional
units
The metal partitions are used to:

bb separate the functional units from one to another
bb create a physical separation between devices and a terminal block, for example.
300
600
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
IP30 and IP55 ducts

DD381419
IP30 and IP55 enclosures

DD381418
Used for
04331
04332
Metal.
It is mounted directly on the functional uprights.
Lateral and rear cut-outs are available for cable running or the installation of busbars at the rear of the switchboard.
Vertical partitioning
The metal partition creates a physical separation between the device compartment
and a wide duct.
It is used to:
bb separate the devices from busbars or a distribution block installed in the duct,
bb set up a special zone for terminal blocks in the duct.
600
Wall-mounted enclosures and IP55 duct

DD383119
Wall-mounted, floor-standing
enclosures and IP30 duct
DD383509
Used for
300
Cat. no.
Description
04330
Can be used for partitioning up to 33-modules.
It can be cut to length every 150 mm.
08384
Metal.
There are cut -outs for cable running.
Quantity to order according to height.
Nb. of vertical modules 7
11
of 50 mm
Height (mm)
450
650
Quantity
1
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
15
19
23
27
33
850
2
1050
1250
3
1450
1750
65
Functional system
Front plates and accessories

slottedmounting plates
Plain and transparent front plates
Height
Plain
Transparent
Plain
Transparent
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm
250 mm
300 mm
450 mm
600 mm
03801
03802
03803
03804
03805
03806
03807
03808
03342
03343
03344
03345
03811
03812
03813
03814
03815
03816
03817
-
03352
03353
03354
-
300
DD381585
DD381584
Nb. of
vertical
modules
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
12
Duct L300
DD381582
600
Enclosure L600
DD381583
Used for
Other front plates
Nb. of
vertical
modules
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
DB124226
DB124225
DD381676
300
Duct L300
DB124224
600
Enclosure L600
DB124225
Used for
Height
1 row of modular
devices
3 rows of modular
devices
Ventilated
With cut-out for fan

or filter > see page 75
1 row of modular
devices
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm
250 mm
350 mm
400 mm
03202
03203
03204
03205
-
03223
03891
03895
03890
-
03213
03214
-
Accessories for front plates
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
Duct L300
DD381371
DD381353
DD381352
DD383497
DD381371
Catalogue numbers
Useful length
Rails
01094
Set of 10
DD381370
Enclosure L600
300
DD384502
01093
Set of 20 white RAL9001
DD381351
600
08585
Set of 2 hinges
DD383497
Used for
Self adhesive front plate grips Front-plate locking handles

DD384501
Front plate hinge kit

DD383950
Used for
Fixed
03001
432 mm
Adjustable
03002
432 mm
Rear
03004
432 mm
Recessed
03003
432 mm
Fixed
03010
180 mm
Adjustable
03011
180 mm
9mm modules number
48
48
48
48
20
20
Useful depth behind front plate
50 mm
from 47 to114mm
128 mm
158 mm
50 mm
from 47 to114mm
66
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013

slotted mounting plates
Functional system
Front plates and accessories
Adjustable rails
L600
DD383292
DD381310
Rail to be cut
Catalogue numbers 04226

04227
Characteristics
Set of 2 rails, useful length: 1600 mm Rail and 4 modular raisers
with 4 holes, dia. 6.4 mm, 450 mm
Useful length: 432 mm
between centres
Slotted mounting plate
Flat
03170
4
200 mm
440 mm
140 mm
Recessed
03171
4
200 mm
420 mm
160 mm
03172
6
300 mm
Recessed
03176
4
200 mm
152 mm
160 mm
03180
03181
03182
Slotted mounting plate and also on
cable-tie support (08876)
Set of 20
Mounting of various devices
03177
6
300 mm
03178
9
450 mm
DD381637
DD381612
DD381313
DD381312
Characteristics
Flat
03175
4
200 mm
172 mm
140 mm
Clip-nuts
Clip-nuts
M4
M5
M6
Mounting on
03173
9
450 mm
DD381375
Catalogue numbers
Nb. of vertical modules
Height
Useful length
Duct L300
DD381369
300
DD381375
600
Enclosure L600
DD381369
Used for
03164
03165
03166
Rail
03194
Functional uprights of IP30 / 55 enclosures
Set of 20
Set of 20
Raiser for rails and slotted mounting plates
DD381576
DD381314
Raiser
Catalogue number
Characteristics
04224
Set of 5
Heigth 10 mm, length 27 mm
Colour: RAL 9001, insulating material
Self-tapping screws
DD384035
Self-tapping screws
M5
Characteristics
Version : 4.0
03183
Set of 20
Mounting on functionnal uprights
12/04/2013
67
Installation accessories
Functional system
Accessories

Dd383078
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
Dd381577
03581
Set of 2
03583
Set of 6
Hexagonal spacers, 30 supports

Dd380828
Dd380828
Dd380828
Dd380828
03185
03195
Height: 9 mm
Set of 4
03186
03196
Height: 23 mm
Set of 4
03198
Height: 25 mm
Set of 4
03187
03197
Height: 55 mm
Set of 4
03199
Height: 40 + 10 mm
Set of 4
Used for
600
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
68
Version : 4.0
30 supports
Dd383504
M5
M6
M8
Characteristics
Dd380828
Hexagonal spacers
03005
Set of 2
12/04/2013
Installation accessories for

terminal block and earth bar
Functional system
Accessories
Dd383500
On mounting plate
On mounting plate for terminal block and
Linergy TB earth bar
Dd383495
Used for
300
04220
bb A mounting plate made up of two supports, is equipped with:
vv a 1600 mm modular rail (04226) for terminal blocks
vv Linergy TB earth bar > page 104
The supports have cut-outs that can be used to easily tie down
the connection wires.
Catalogue number
Characteristics
Dedicated mounting plate, in device compartment
This mounting assembly is used to easily install and connect a large number of
terminal blocks in a minimum amount of space. It is particularly useful when a duct
is not warranted or cannot be installed.
600
Number of vertical modules

Catalogue number
Characteristics
In device compartment
DD383507
Used to
5 (250 mm)
04223
bb Mounting brackets, fixed to the functional uprights at the top or bottom of the enclosure, is
equipped with four 200 mm symetrical rails. They are installed vertically to facilitate cable running.
bb To facilitate mixing of different size terminal blocks and ensure convenient connections from
the front or the side, the distance between rails and the depth of each rail can be adjusted.
bb The assembly has cut-outs that can be used to easily tie down the connection wires.
bb Linergy TB earth bars and Linergy TR terminal blocks layout, supplied separately, can be
installed between the rows of terminal blocks to form different configurations, e.g.:
vv four sets of terminal blocks
vv 3 sets of terminal blocks + one or two earth bars (W = 290mm).
> page 104
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
69
Installation accessories for

terminal block and earth bar
Functional system
Accessories
Installation on the side or in the width of the

enclosure
This solution saves considerable space in the device zone and avoids the need
for the 300 mm wide duct.
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
70
04206
H = 15 mm
Set of 2 brackets
Horizontally on brackets
DD383505
600
2 fixing brackets for the earth bar on

the functional uprights
Dd383517
Fixing mode
04207
H = 45 mm
04208
H = 80 mm
Version : 4.0
04206
H = 15 mm
Set of 2 brackets
12/04/2013
04207
H = 45 mm
04208
H = 80 mm
Finishing parts
Labels
Functional system
Finishing parts
Clip-on labels
Engraving plates
DD381714
DD381757
Identification labels
IERE
LUM
08913
08915
08917
18 x 35
18 x 72
25 x 85
bb Set of 12
bb The clip-on support is supplied with a paper label and
a transparent cover.
bb It clips onto the front plate horizontally or vertically and can be
screwed to any support (plain door, plain front plate, etc.).
DD381752
DD381751
Catalogue numbers
Dimensions (mm)
Characteristics
Symbol sheets
DD381715
Adhesive labels
08914
08916
08918
18 x 35
18 x 72
25 x 85
bb Set of 12
bb These plates simply replace the paper labels.
DD381753
Catalogue numbers
Dimensions (mm)
Characteristics
IERE
LUM
08905
08906
08903
08904
24 x 180
36 x 180
24 x 432
36 x 432
bb Set of 12
bb The adhesive label holders are supplied
with a paper label and a transparent cover.
13735
13736
bb Set of 10 adhesive symbol sheets

bb Standard symbols:
vv loads: sockets, lights, heating units, etc.
vv rooms: bedroom, bathroom, etc.
bb Set of 10 adhesive
symbol sheets
bb Special symbols:
vv loads: lightning arrestor,
gate, swimming pool, etc.
vv rooms: technical room,
computer room, etc.
Adhesive labels for mimic diagrams

Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
Lines, 900mm
Outgoing arrows
long (7mm thick)
01005
Set of 10
01006
Incoming arrows
Transformers
Earth symbols
01007
01008
01009
Accessories
Catalogue
numbers
Characteristics
Version : 4.0
Touch-up
paint brush
DD381008
Adhesive
drawing
holder
DD381208
DD381721
Switchboard
identification plate
08900
08963
08961
Colour: RAL 9001
Colour: RAL 9001
Colour: RAL 9001
12/04/2013
71
Vertical
cable straps
Straps and covers

Covers for vertical
cable straps
Horizontal
cable straps
Covers for horizontal

cable straps
Dd381633
Dd381618
Dd381628
Dd383485
Type
04263
Set of 2 x1 m
04239
Set of 12
Have the same capacity as
60 x 30 mm trunking
Prisma G wall-mounted and
floor standing enclosures
+ Pack enclosures
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
04264
Set of 12
Used
Prisma G wall-mounted and floor standing enclosures
Dd381621
Organization of switchboard
Cable running
Dd383484
Functional system
04243
Set of 4 covers of430 mm
+ Pack enclosures
Trunking supports
Adaptable support for
horizontal trunking
Dd383486
Horizontal trunking
supports
Dd381623
Dd381626
Dd382922
Dd383477
Vertical trunking
supports
Dd383476
Type
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
04265
Set of 12
04255
Set of 12
Used
Prisma G wall-mounted and floor

standing enclosures

+ Pack enclosures
04256
Set of 10
Aligns the cover of a horizontal trunking section
(H=60 or 80mm) with that of a vertical trunking section
(H=80mm)
Note: not designed for use with Pack enclosures.
Coffrets et armoires Prisma G
Trunkings
Horizontal trunkings
60x30mm
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
04267
Set of 18
L = 2000 mm
Used

standing enclosures
04257
Set of 4
L = 450 mm
Supplied with supports
standing enclosures + Pack enclosures
72
Version : 4.0
Brackets
DD383505
Dd381639
Vertical trunkings
80 x 60 mm
Dd381640
Type
12/04/2013
04206
H = 15 mm
For vertical trunking installation
Pack enclosures
Cable running
Functional system
Organization of switchboard
Cable trunkings for doors
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
DD381641
Cable trunkings
DD380863
Flexible trunkings for wiring to door

DD381643
Type
04235
L = 500 mm, inner diameter = 19 mm
04233
Set of 30 adhesive trunkings 30 x 30 mm, L = 2000 mm
Grommets for wiring through front

DD380864 DD380865
Grommets
04234
Set of 10.
For wiring through front.
Catalogue number
Characteristics
Cable-tie supports
Cable-tie support
adapters
DD381171
C-shaped cable-tie
supports for wallmounted or floor
standing enclosures
and ducts
DD383424
Catalogue
numbers
Characteristics
Cable-tie supports
in a duct
DD383423
Cable-tie supports
for wall-mounted
or floor-standing
enclosures
08867
08868
08783
08866
bb Set of 2
bb Supplied with hardware for
mounting on the functional
uprights of the enclosure.
bb Set of 4
uprights of the duct.
bb L = 1600 mm, can be cut to

length as needed.
bb Cables secured by ties or cable
clamps.
uprights of the enclosure or duct.
bb Set of 2
bb Makes it possible to tie down
the cables next to the gland plate
and gain one module in height.
DD381820
Used for
Note: for the connection of power cables, see page 173.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
73
Functional system
Accessories
Switchboard lighting
Fixed lighting
600
300
Catalogue number
Presentation
Characteristics
DD381719
Fixed lighting
08964
This system is generally used to illuminate the front of
a switchboard.
bb The kit is made up of:
vv a base,
vv a neon tube,
vv a front plate with cut-out (1 module),
vv a door contact.
bb Supply voltage: 220/240 V
bb Power rating: 8 W
bb Height: 1 vertical module (50 mm)

DD381675
Catalogue number
Presentation
Characteristics
74
Version : 4.0
08965
bb Lamp with a magnetic base for installation behind a door
or directly on the cubicle framework.
bb Supplied without a power cord
bb H x L x P : 90 x 345 x 42
bb Supply voltage: 220/240 V
bb Lamp: picoline OSRAM 8W (supplied)
12/04/2013
Management of the internal

temperature
Functional system
Accessories
Ventilation
In most cases and notably for IP30 switchboards, the heat dissipation by convection
takes place naturally and does not require fans.
However, when the switchboard is installed in temperate environments or when
the degree of protection is high (IP54), ventilation accessories are indispensable.
For more in-depth information on selecting air-conditioning accessories and the thermal
management of switchboards. > page 187 to page 194.
Ventilated front plate

Dd381676
For fan and grill

DD60759
Front plate
Catalogue number
Height
Characteristics
03890
7 modules
H = 350 mm
Front plate with cut-out.
Degree of protection: IP30.
03891
03895
1 vertical module,
3 vertical modules,
H = 50 mm
H = 150 mm
Degree of protection: IP30.
Located at the top and bottom of the switchboard, IP30 ventilated front plates facilitate
natural convection in the switchboard.
250 cm2
80 cm2
Surface area of the openings -
Grill with filter

PB501046_35
PB501053_35
Fan
Catalogue numbers
Installation
NSYCVF560M230PF - NSYCVF850M230PF
NSYCAG291LPF
Generally installed at the bottom of floor-standing enclosures:
bb by cutting out a side panel;
bb or by using the front plate with cut-out for fan or grill, directly clipped on (03890).
Characteristics
The set comprises the fan with a grill and a filter.

bb Power rating: 68/85 W.
bb Input voltage: 230 V (50/60 Hz).
bb Noise level: 59 db.
bb Degree of protection: IP54.
bb Weight: 3.2 kg.
bb Unimpeded throughput: 562 m3/h (50 Hz), 586 m3/h (60 Hz).
bb Throughput with counterpressure (grill + standard filter,
cat. no. 08988): 473 m3/h (50 Hz), 477 m3/h (60 Hz).
bb RAL 7035.
bb Material: ABS.
Dimensions
Supplied with standard filter.

bb Maximum throughput 350 m3/h.
bb Degree of protection: IP54.
bb RAL 7035.
bb Material: ABS.
18
DD385319
DB300476
DB300475
290.7
A
336
DB300474
18
291 x 291
316
Filters for grill
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
9.5
Standard filters
Rfrence
160,5
NSYCVF560M230PF
280
192
NSYCVF850M230PF
Fine filters
NSYCAF291
Set of 5 (for replacement)
G2 M1 synthetic filter
9.5
225
NSYCAF291T
Set of 5 (for replacement)
G3 M1 synthetic filter
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
75
Functional system
Accessories
Management of the internal

temperature
Heating elements
The resistors prevent condensation, corrosion and superficial leakage currents.

They maintain a positive temperature in the enclosures when external temperatures
drop very low.
Install heaters according to the desired power level at the bottom of the enclosure,
respect a safety area of a least 10 cm around the device.
Vertical installation is recommended to ensure optimum convection.
The resistance heaters are equipped with a PTC - type sensor (positive temperature
coefficient). Thanks to these heaters, the surface temperature stabilises at 75 C
when the ambient is at -5 C.
PB501025
Catalogue numbers
Power rating
Characteristics
PB501146_32
Heating resistor
NSYCR55WU2
NSYCR100WU2
55 W
90 W
bb Vertical mounting.
bb Aluminium case with fins.
bb Temperature:
vv turns off at 60 C,
vv turns on at 25-30 C (temperature of the
resistor itself).
bb Equipped with a symetrical rail for rapid
mounting (clips on).
bb Input voltage: 110-250 V.
NSYCR250W230VV
250 W
bb Vertical mounting.
bb Aluminium case with fins.
bb Temperature:
vv turns off at 60 C,
vv turns on at 25-30 C (temperature of the
resistor itself).
bb Equipped with a symetrical rail for rapid
mounting (clips on).
bb Input voltage: 230 V.
Regulating
Used to control the temperature inside electrical switchboards in conjunction with

heating resistors and fans.
This thermostat can control the activation of a fan and a heater and regulate their
temperature independently.
Double adjustable thermostat
Double temperature control with a resistance heater and a fan with separate
operation
bb Red button: with normally closed contact (NC) for controlling the resistance
heaters.
bb Blue button: with normally open contact (NO) for controlling the fans, signalling
systems or alarms.
PB501146_32
Thermostat
Catalogue number
Characteristics
NSYCCOTHD
bb Setting range: 0 C to +60 C.
bb Input voltage: 120 V AC, 15 A - 230 V AC, 10 A
bb Fixing: clips onto a modular rail.
Thermal management of switchboards

> page 187
76
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
77
Linergy system
distribution and
connections
78
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Linergy distribution and

connection systems
Contents
Distribution and connection..................................80

Panorama of the solution............................................................80
Power busbars............................................................82
Linergy BW...................................................................................82
Insulated busbars up to 630 A.............................................................................. 82
Linergy BS....................................................................................84
Rear flat busbars up to 400 A............................................................................... 84
Multi-stage busbars up to 630 A........................................................................... 85
Multi-stage distribution block up to 630 A............................................................. 86
Common accessories up to 630 A........................................................................ 87
Distribution blocks.....................................................88
Linergy DX....................................................................................88
Quick distribution blocks...................................................................................... 88
Linergy DP....................................................................................90
Quick distribution blocks...................................................................................... 90
Linergy DS....................................................................................92
Screw distribution blocks..................................................................................... 92
Device feeders............................................................94
Linergy FM....................................................................................94
Quick device feeders........................................................................................... 94
Linergy FH....................................................................................96
Horizontal comb busbar for 27 mm pitch for C120, NG125.................................. 96
Horizontal comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Acti 9 / Multi 9................................... 97
Horizontal comb busbar for 9 mm pitch for Acti 9, C60......................................... 99
Horizontal comb busbar for 9 mm pitch for Acti 9 ............................................... 100
Terminal blocks........................................................101
Linergy TR..................................................................................101
Introduction........................................................................................................ 101
Terminal blocks.................................................................................................. 102
Terminal blocks and bars......................................104

Linergy TB..................................................................................104
Earth bars.......................................................................................................... 104
Linergy TA..................................................................................105
Auxiliary connections......................................................................................... 105
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
79
Linergy
Distribution and connection
Panorama of the solution
Linergy and Prisma G: an optimised and high-performance

type-tested offer (IEC 61439-1 & 2 standard)
> For incoming devices
> For rows of modular devices
Linergy DX 160 A and Linergy DP 250 A distribution

block
Linergy DX 125 at 160 A distribution block

- Spring terminals for electrical connections
that stay tight
- Front designed to integrate perfectly with
modular devices
Linergy FM 63/200 A
distribution block
- Reliable spring-terminal
connections requiring no
maintenance
- Reliable spring-terminal connections for outgoing

circuits, requiring no maintenance
- Fast installation
- Horizontal or vertical installation in minimum space
- Easy upgrades through

replacement or addition
of devices
Linergy BS 160 to 630 A distribution block
- Easy balancing of phases
Linergy FH 100 to 125 A

comb busbars
- Fast and direct connections,

adaptable to all needs
- Easy, economical
connections
Linergy TR
- Fast and simple installation

- Multiple connection options (screw, spring or push-in
connections)
- Traditional, highly polyvalent solution

- Many installation possibilities
80
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Linergy
Distribution and connection
Panorama of the solution
Customised organisation of your switchboard

> Busbars up to 630 A for all switchboard architectures
Linergy BW busbars:
compact and insulated for fast upgrades.
Linergy BS busbars:
for traditional distribution.
Prefabricated connections, optimised and fully insulated.
Rear Linergy BS busbars.
Lateral busbars. The bars are staggered

for easy access to connection points.
> Row distribution blocks for modular devices

Linergy FH comb
busbars:
a simple, cost-effective
solution.
Linergy FM distribution block:

a fast, flexible and reliable solution.
Linergy FH comb busbars.
Linergy FM distribution
Linergy FM distribution blocks
blocks 80 A.
200 A.
The Linergy FM distribution block snaps easily onto the back of
the rails.
All types of modular devices can be mixed in the same row and
phase balancing is simple. Its easy to change or add devices.
Linergy FH comb busbars are

fully insulated.
Device can de connected
in a single operation.
> Centralised distribution blocks for switchboard incomers
Linergy DX 160 A 4P:

practical and aesthetic.
Modular monobloc
distribution block for fast
connections
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Linergy DX 160 A 1P:

" la carte" distribution
block.
Modular combinable
components for fast
connections.
Linergy DS 160 A:
a traditional solution.
Linergy DP 250 A:
modular and compact.
Installation on modular rail on

mounting-plate.
Screw-terminal connections.
Installed directly downstream

of Compact circuit breakers
and switches without taking
up any extra vertical modules.
Fast connections in
spring-loaded terminals.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
81
Linergy BW
Linergy distribution systems
Power busbars
Insulated busbars up to 630 A
PD390337
Description
bb Compact busbar, IPxxB, ready for installation (supplied complete with supports andend caps)
bb Shaped busbar, threaded M6 with 25-mm pitch, can be cut with 200-mm pitch (150 mm for the
125 A)
bb Busbar installed on insulating supports, screwed onto the rear uprights
bb Wide selection of tested pre-wired connectors
bb Clip-on covers to protect against direct contact (IPxxB). Can easily be cut to allow connections
to pass through to the switchgear
bb Ends protected by end caps
Linergy BW busbar
Rated peak withstand current
Rated insulation voltage
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Rated short-time current
125 A
160 A
250 A
400 A
630 A
(Ipk)
(Ui)
(Uimp)
(Icw)
20 k
500 V
8 kV
8.5 kA rms/1 s
30 k
750 V
8 kV
10 kA rms/1 s
30 k
750 V
8 kV
13 kA rms/1 s
52.5 k
750 V
8 kV
20 kA rms/1 s
52.5 k
1000 V
8 kV
25 kA rms/1 s
450
750
1000
1400
1000
1400
1000
1400
1000
1400
3P
04103
04107
04111
04116
04112
04117
04113
04118
04114
04119
4P
04104
04108
04121
04126
04122
04127
04123
04128
04124
04129
Length (mm)
References
IPxxB tap-off terminals
Used for
connecting
Set of
References
PB502375
DD381385-LIN
DD383472-LIN
DD383498-LIN
Accessories
200A connections
IPxxB insulating covers
Class 8.8 fixing

accessories
Covers which can be clipped on

and cut to size are used to
isolate the connectors of a
connection with cables of
cross-section 10to25mm2
M6 x 12 + 20 M6 contact
washers
For one 6 mm2

cable and one 10 mm2
cable (Ui): 750 V
For one 1 to 16 mm2

cable (Ui): 750 V
bb All switchgear equipped

with enclosed terminals
bb Linergy FM 160/200 A
12
bb All switchgear equipped

bb Linergy FM 200A
with enclosed terminals
bb Linergy FM 63/80/160/200 A
12
4
20
04151
04152
04150
04158
04021
DD384952_L13-LIN
Spare parts
Linergy BW busbar supports

Rated operational current at 40
Composition
(Ie)
References
125 A
160 A
250 A
400 A
2 busbar supports + 2 end caps + packet of fixing accessories
01210
01210
01210
01211
01201
01201
01201
DD384951_L13-LIN
630 A
IPxxB clip-on covers

Length (mm)
Set of
References
82
200
2
-
01201
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Linergy BW
Power busbars
Insulated busbars up to 630 A
Used for
connecting
Compact
References
DD380593-LIN
DD380522-LIN
Linergy BW busbar connections with power supply unit
Power supply units with connections
Universal power supply units

+pre-wired connectors
Universal power supply units

+ connections to be made
(flexible insulated busbars can be
used)
bb Horizontal
NSX100/250
with or without
Vigi
bb Horizontal
INS-INV250
bb Horizontal
NSX400
bb Horizontal
INS-INV320/400
bb Horizontal
NSX630
bb Horizontal
INS-INV500/630
bb Enclosed
NSX100/250
with toggle
switch
bb Enclosed
vertical
INS-INV250
bb Sheathed
NSX100/250
with or without
Vigi
bb Sheathed
vertical
INS-INV250
bb Sheathed
NSX400/630
with or without
Vigi
bb Sheathed
INS-INV320/630
bb Enclosed
horizontal
NSX100/250
with rotary
handle or remote
control
bb Vertical
Fupact
INF100/160,
Fupact
ISFT100/250
bb Enclosed
NSX400/630
with or without
Vigi
bb Enclosed
INS-INV320/630
04060
04070
04071
04061 + 04062
04061 + 04064
04074 + 04073
04061
04074
Connections
Set of
References
IPxxB 3/4P monobloc

connection
45 mm2 ferrule
+45 angled
connector
160 A
230 mm
bb NG125, INS
with enclosed
terminals
ref. 28947 or
28948
250 mm
bb INS160,
NG125, NG160
DD383472-LIN
IPxxB 3/4P monobloc

connection
Connections
Quick connection on the busbar equipped with a male ferrule for

enclosed terminals. Neutral identified by the colour blue.
160 A
200 A
160 A
440 mm
150 mm
bb NG160 (left-hand position),
bb NG160 (left-hand position),
Vigi NG160 (middle position)
NG125, INS160, C120, iC120
bb NG125, INS160, C120, iC120
bb Linergy FM 200A
DD383294-LIN
35mm2 ferrule
+45 angled
connector
125 A
DD383295-LIN
Rated operational (Ie)

current at 40
Length
Used for connecting
DD383274-LIN
DD383276-LIN
DD381379-LIN
Pre-wired connectors
04145
04146
04148
04147
04021
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
83
Linergy BS
Power busbars
Rear flat busbars up to 400 A
PD390532-SE
IEC 61439-1 & 2

Description
The busbar can be 3-pole or 4-pole with ratings between 160 A and 400 A.
2 lengths are available: 1000 and 1400 mm, which can be cut as required.
The number of supports depends on the installation maximum rated current.
DD381388-LIN
160 to 400 A copper busbars
160 A
Conductor cross-section
Installation
(Ipk)
(Ui)
(Icw)
250 A
400 A
30 k
40 k
1000 V
1000 V
10 kA rms/1s
13 kA rms/1s
15 x 5 mm
20 x 5 mm
Threaded M6 holes every 25 mm all the way up
Connection by: 16 to 50 mm2 flexible cables with crimped lugs
4
Set of
55 k
1000 V
25 kA rms/1s
32 x 5 mm
Length (mm)
1000
1400
1000
1400
1000
1400
References
04161
04171
04162
04172
04163
04173
DD381389-LIN
Insulating busbar support (1)
Distance between supports

depending on Icw/Ipk (2)
y 10 kA rms/1 s/30 k
450 mm
450 mm
450 mm
450 mm
450 mm
450 mm
450 mm
300 mm
225 mm
On the rear uprights
Screwed onto a solid or pre-slotted plate (fixing centres 450 x 200 mm)
Installation
References
04191
04191
04191
470 mm
100 mm
Supplied with fixings
470 mm
100 mm
470 mm
100 mm
04198
04198
04198
AC_05832-LIN
IPxxB insulating protective shield
Length
Height
Composition
References
(1) The supports allow installation of a 5th busbar with 15or20x5mm cross-section to create the earth collector.
(2) Linergy FM 200 A distribution blocks with connections ref. 04029 can act as intermediate supports (max. distance apart 200 mm) in addition to the support
ref. 04191 at the top and bottom.
84
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Power busbars
Linergy BS
Multi-stage busbars up to 630 A
PD390533_SE
IEC 61439-1 & 2

Description
Multi-stage busbars are installed in a sheath L = 300 mm.

We strongly recommend dividing the current between 2 cubicles or enclosures joined
on either side.
All the connection points are easily accessible from the front.
The busbar orientation makes them easier to tighten and facilitates running the cables
between them.
The current can be 3-pole or 4-pole with ratings between 160 A and 630 A.
2 lengths are available: 1000 and 1400 mm, which can be cut as required.
The number of supports depends on the installation maximum rated current.
DD381388-LIN
160 to 630 A copper busbars
160 A
Supply at incoming terminals
Conductor cross-section
Installation
Set of
(Ipk)
(Ui)
(Icw)
250 A
400 A
630 A
30 k
40 k
55 k
750 V
750 V
750 V
10 kA rms/1s
13 kA rms/1s
15, 20 kA rms/1s
Connection by: 16 to 50 mm2 flexible cables with crimped lugs
15 x 5 mm
20 x 5 mm
32 x 5 mm
Flat copper busbar with threaded M6 holes every 25 mm all the way up
4
55 k
750 V
25 kA rms/1s
32 x 8 mm
Length (mm)
1000
1400
1000
1400
1000
1400
1000
1400
References
04161
04171
04162
04172
04163
04173
Pending
04174
DD381395-LIN
Insulating busbar support (1)
Support fixing centres y 10 kA rms/1 s/30 k

in accordance with Icw/ y 13 kA rms/1 s/40 k
Ipk (2)
y 25 kA rms/0.6 s/55 k
Installation
References
450 mm
450 mm
450 mm
450 mm
450 mm
450 mm
300 mm
300 mm
Installation on functional uprights of duct (Prisma G).
Screwed onto a solid or pre-slotted plate (450 x 200 mm fixing centres)
450 mm
450 mm
450 mm
300 mm
300 mm
04192
04192
04192
250 mm
250 mm
1500 mm
1500 mm
Fixing accessories supplied with support ref. 04192
250 mm
1500 mm
250 mm
1500 mm
04197
04197
04197
04192
DD381396-LIN
IPxxB insulating protective shield
Length
Height
Composition
References
5-DESW015EN Linergy
04197
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
85
Power busbars
Linergy BS
Multi-stage distribution block up to 630 A
PD390659R
IEC 61439-1 & 2

Description
The distribution block can be installed horizontally in the device zone or vertically in
the 300 mm wide duct of enclosures and cubicles.
The distribution block is made up of:
bb two staggered supports made of an insulating material
bb four slanted copper bars with holes every 25 mm.
DD381343-LIN
DD381342-LIN
Multi-stage distribution blocks
160 A
Busbar cross-section
Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Composition
References
86
(Ipk)
(Ui)
(Ue)
(Uimp)
(Icw)
250 A
400 A
30 k
30 k
40 k
750 V AC
440 V
8 kV
10 kA rms/1 s
13 kA rms/1 s
20 kA rms/1 s
4 incomers per phase: 12.2 mm clearance holes
13 outgoers per phase 16 to 50 mm2: M6 tapped holes
15 x 5 mm
20 x 5 mm
32 x 5 mm
630 A
40 k
25 kA rms/1 s
32 x 8 mm
DD381344-LIN

Rated operational voltage
Total connection capacity
Screwed in horizontal position on functional uprights in enclosures and cubicles (Prisma G)

Screwed in vertical position on sheathed uprights (Prisma G)
Screwed onto a solid or pre-slotted plate (fixing centres 450 x 200 mm)
2 multi-stage supports made of an insulating material
4 slanted copper busbars, with holes every 25 mm
1 pack of 36 M6 x 16 screws + contact washers
1 IPxxB front insulating shield
04052
04053
Version : 4.0
04054
12/04/2013
04055
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Power busbars
Linergy BS
Common accessories up to 630 A
E56850
E56851
E56852
Incomer accessories
Connectors for copper or aluminium cables

Rated operational current at 40
Composition
Set of
(Ie)
References
160 A
250 A
16 to 185 mm2 cables
70 mm2 cables
Supplied with fixings at busbar end
4
400 A
70 to 300 mm2 cables
07051
07053
07052
DD381398-LIN
Outgoer accessories
Class 8.8 fixings

Composition
References
5-DESW015EN Linergy
20 M6 x 20 screws + 20 nuts
+ 40 contact washers
40 M6 x 16 screws
+ 40 contact washers
04194
04195
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
87
Distribution blocks
Quick distribution blocks
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-2
PB500924.eps
PB104499-7.eps
Linergy DX
Description
bb Downstream circuits are connected from the front, to spring terminals.

bb Contact pressure automatically adapts to the size of the conductor.
bb Contacts are insensitive to vibrations and thermal variations.
bb Only one cable (flexible or rigid) can be inserted per terminal.

4P, incomers from bottom
PB104499-6.eps
4P, incomers from top

PB104500-6.eps
Number of poles
Rated operational current at 40 C
(Ie)
63 A
63 A
Rated conditional short-circuit current

of an assembly
(Isc)
The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading in

circuit breaker combinations is maintained.
The worst-case situations have been tested.
The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading in circuit breaker

combinations is maintained.
(Ui)
500 V AC
500 V AC
(Ue)
440 V AC
440 V AC
(Uimp)
6 kV
6 kV
Rated short-time current Icw
(Icw)
Rated operational frequency
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Degree of protection
IPxxB
IPxxB
Incoming terminals
1 tunnel terminal 25/Ph
Total connection capacity, outgoing terminals
24 connections:
4 x 6/phase
12 x 6/neutral
24 connections:
4 x 6/phase
12 x 6/neutral
Dimensions (H x W x D)
96.5 x 72 x 62
8 x 9 mm pitch
96.5 x 72 x 62
8 x 9 mm pitch
Installation
Clipped onto a DIN rail
Clipped onto a DIN rail
IEC 61439-2
Other
Standard for installation inside Prisma
IEC 61439-2
Glow-wire 60695-2-11
960 C
960 C
Degree of pollution
04040
04041
References
Accessories
References
88
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Distribution blocks
Linergy DX
Advantages
bb A reliable electrical connection, no maintenance required (tightness guaranteed

over time).
bb Quick connection.
bb Easy phase balancing.
bb Ease of rewiring if the switchboard is expanded or modified.
PB111453_10.eps
1P
PB500925-2-78.eps
PB500924-75.eps
4P
125 A
160 A
160 A
20 kA/60 ms max according to IEC 61439-1
20 kA/60 ms max according to IEC 61439-1
32 kA
750 V
750 V
750 V
690 V AC
690 V AC
690 V AC
8 kV
8 kV
8 kV
4.5 kA rms/1s
4.5 kA rms/1s
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
IPxxB
IPxxB
IPxxB
52 connections:
7 x 4/phase
3 x 6/phase
2 x 10/phase
1 x 16/phase (screw terminal)
52 connections:
7 x 4/phase
3 x 6/phase
2 x 10/phase
1 x 16/phase (screw terminal)
6 connections:
6 x 16/phase
127 x 108 x 48
8 x 9 mm pitch
127 x 108 x 48
8 x 9 mm pitch
95 x 36 x 70
4 x 9 mm pitch
Screwed to plain or slotted backplate or onto DIN rail
Screwed to plain or slotted backplate or onto DIN rail
Onto DIN rail
Possible to combine 2 terminal blocks

Possible to combine 2 terminal blocks
(2nd terminal block supplied from enclosed terminals (2nd terminal block supplied from enclosed terminals
in the 1st, Imax of 2nd terminal block: 80 A)
in the 1st, Imax of 2nd terminal block: 80 A)
IEC 61439-2
IEC 61439-2
IEC 61439-2
960 C
960 C
960 C
04045
04046
04031
(4 x 125 A flexible connectors)
Copper spacer (batch of 4)

-
04037
DD383300-LIN.eps
PB502370-55.eps
04047
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
89
Linergy DP
Distribution blocks
PB103812-25.eps
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-1 & 2

Description
bb The Linergy DP Quick distribution block is designed for installation directly

downstream of Compact NSX and INS up to 250 A. It can also be clipped onto
a modular rail.
Advantages
bb It is quick to mount in the horizontal position. Electrical connections are made

directly to the device terminals.
bb It is the same width as the devices and does not take up any additional space
in the switchboard.
bb The connection terminals are slanted to facilitate cable entry and avoid exceeding
the bending radius of the flexible and rigid cables.
Incomer terminals
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Installation
Product certifications
Standard for installation inside Prisma
Glow-wire 60695-2-11
References
3P
4P
250 A
250 A
32 kA
32 kA
27 connections:
36 connections:
6 x 10/phase
6 x 10/phase
3 x 16/phase
3 x 16/phase
1 cable lug 120 mm per pole
105 x 138 x 63
140 x 138 x 64
On mounting plate or DIN rail
ASEFA - KEMA
ASEFA - KEMA
IEC 61439-1-2
IEC 61439-1 & 2
960 C
960 C
04033
04034
PB502371-70.eps
(Ie)
(Ipk)
4P
PB502371-70.eps
Rated operational current

Total connection capacity, outgoing terminals
Additional block
3P
PB103812-15.eps
Number of poles
PB103811-15.eps
Quick distribution blocks for compact devices
250 A
250 A
2 connections:
2 x 35 per pole
2 connections:
2 x 35 per pole
On mounting plate
04155
04156
90
PB502371-70.eps
PB502371-70.eps
Accessories
Description
2 x 352
3P for Linergy DP 250 A
2 x 352
4P for Linergy DP 250 A
References
04155
04156
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Distribution blocks
Linergy DP
Technical data
Common characteristics
Rated conditional short-circuit
current of an assembly
(Icc)
(Ui)
The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading

in circuit-breaker combinations is maintained.
750 V AC

(Ue)
(Uimp)
690 V
8 kV
Network frequency
50/60 Hz
IPxxB
Degree of pollution
Overvoltage category
III
Additional technical characteristics

Reference temperature
40 C
Operating temperature
-25 C to 55 C
Dd381346-70-LGI.eps
DD380780-70-LGI.eps
Installation
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Version : 4.0
It can also be mounted downstream of vertically mounted

Compact NSX100/250 and Compact INS250 devices in the
enclosures.
In this case, the Linergy DP is mounted on a depth-adjustable
modular rail.
Directly on the mounting plates of horizontally mounted

Compact NSX100/250 and Compact INS250 devices in the
enclosures.
12/04/2013
91
Linergy DS
Distribution blocks
Screw distribution blocks
PB111254-30.eps
IEC/EN 60947-7-1, IEC/EN 61439-1 & 2

Description
PB111253-30.eps
bb Single-pole or four-pole distribution block that can be installed on a standard DIN

rail or on a mounting plate.
bb Compatible with Prisma G and P, Pragma, Mini Pragma and Resbo series
switchboards.
bb Incomers and feeders are connected to screw terminals that accept rigid or
flexible cables with ferrule.
bb Optional: additional neutral terminal strip for four-pole distribution block.
Advantages
bb Simplified power supply for main incomers.

bb Easy, effortless cabling due to excellent accessibility.
bb Visible cabling.
bb Insulation between phases.
bb The single-pole distribution blocks are adjacent and bridgeable via the second
incoming hole for parallel connection.

PB111252-20.eps
PB111243-20.eps
4P
PB111251-20.eps
1P
PB111250-20.eps
Nombre de ples
Calibre
125 A
160 A
250 A
100 A
Nombre total de
raccordement
10
13
14
4x7
Terminal capacity
Diameter
2 x 9.5 mm
2 x 12 mm
1 x 15.3 mm
2 x 7.5 mm
2 x 7.5 mm
3 x 7.5 mm
1 x 10 mm
5 x 5.5 mm
6 x 5.8 mm
8 x 5.8 mm
4 x 6 mm
8 x 7.5 mm
Rated peak withstand

current (Ipk)
25 k
36 k
60 k
24 k
Rated short-time
withstand current (Icw)
(IEC/EN 60947-7-1)
4.2 kA rms/1 s
8.4 kA rms/1 s
14.4 kA rms/1 s
3 kA rms/1 s
Width
3
(number of 9 mm pitches)
Dimension (H x W x D)
85 x 27 x 50.5
85 x 36 x 50.5
85 x 45 x 50.5
100 x 71 x 50.5
Weight (g)
125
163
239
210
Neutral terminal strip

(optional)
LGYN1007
LGY112510
LGY116013
LGY125014
LGY410028
References
92
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Linergy DS
Distribution blocks
Technical data
Common characteristics
In compliance with IEC/EN 60947-7-1 and IEC/EN 61439-1 & 2

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
500 V AC
Rated operational voltage (Ue)
230 V AC (Ph/N)
440 V AC (Ph/Ph)
8 kV
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp)

DB406005.eps
Rated conditional short-circuit current of an

assembly
Network frequency
Up to the breaking capacity of

SchneiderElectric feeder circuit breakers,
even in cascading configuration
50/60 Hz
Pollution degree
Overvoltage category
III
Additional technical characteristics
On LGY412560 and LGY416048 references.

Input cabling facilitated by side terminals.
Reference temperature
40 C
Operating temperature
-25 C to 55 C
Dielectric withstand (IEC/EN 60947-1)
2500 V AC
125 A
PB111249-20.eps
PB111248-20.eps
PB111247-20.eps
PB111246-20.eps
PB111245-20.eps
PB111244-20.eps
Neutral terminal strip
160 A
100 A
125 A
4 x 12
4 x 15
4 x 12
12
15
1 x 9 mm
1 x 9.5 mm
1 x 12 mm
2 x 7.5 mm
1 x 9 mm
1 x 9.5 mm
7 x 7.5 mm
3 x 8.5 mm
3 x 9 mm
5 x 5.5 mm
7 x 7.5 mm
3 x 8.5 mm
4 x 6.5 mm
11 x 6.5 mm
8 x 7.5 mm
4 x 6.5 mm
11 x 6.5 mm
26 k
28 k
36 k
4.2 kA rms/1 s
4.2 kA rms/1 s
8.4 kA rms/1 s
14
20
18
14
17
100 x 126 x 50.5
100 x 162 x 50.5
100 x 174 x 50.5
20 x 70 x 35
20 x 125 x 35
20 x 155 x 35
390
559
567
63
111
149
LGYN12512
LGYN12515
LGYN12512
LGY412548
LGY412560
LGY416048
LGYN1007
LGYN12512
LGYN12515
Terminal technical data

Type
PZ2 screw
Diameter
5.5 mm
5.8 mm
6 mm
6.5 mm
7.5 mm
8.5 mm
9 mm
9.5 mm
Section
Rigid cable
1.5 to 16 mm
1.5 to 16 mm
1.5 to 16 mm
1.5 to 16 mm
2.5 to 25 mm
6 to 35 mm
10 to 35 mm
10 to 35 mm
Section
Flexible cable
or with ferrule
1.5 to 10 mm
1.5 to 10 mm
1.5 to 10 mm
1.5 to 10 mm
1.5 to 16 mm
4 to 25 mm
4 to 25 mm
6 to 35 mm
2 N.m
2 N.m
2 N.m
2 N.m
2 N.m
2 N.m
2.5 N.m
2.5 N.m
Tightening torque
Type
Hc screw
Diameter
Section
Rigid cable
9.5 mm
10 mm
12 mm
15.3 mm
10 to 35 mm
1.5 to 50 mm
25 to 70 mm
35 to 120 mm
y 15 mm
Section
Flexible cable
or with ferrule
Tightening torque
6 to 35 mm
1.5 to 35 mm
16 to 50 mm
8 N.m
4 N.m
1P: 9 N.m
5-DESW015EN Linergy
25 to 95 mm
4P: 5 N.m
Version : 4.0
14 N.m
12/04/2013
93
Device feeders
Linergy FM
Quick device feeders
PB104505-50
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-2

Description
bb Distribution over full rows of modular devices.

bb The distribution block is generally supplied by busbars in enclosures and cubicles.
bb Mix of devices and functions in the same row.
bb Installation u 160 A: clipped onto the back of a modular rail or screwed onto a solid
or pre-slotted plate.
Distribution blocks
4P
DD384088-LIN
4P
DD381661-LIN
Nombre de ples
63 A
Rated conditional short-circuit current
of an assembly
(Ipk)
(Isc)
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Maximum current
(Ui)
(Ue)
(Uimp)
(Imax)
80 A
15 k
15 k
The cascading reinforced breaking capacity when combining circuit breakers is maintained. The worst-case
scenarios have been tested. The characteristics are exactly right for the connected devices. Circuit breakers
and switches still have their temperature derating curves, and their whole performance is maintained.
500 V AC
500 V AC
440 V AC
440 V AC
6 kV
6 kV
50/60 Hz
IPxxB
IP20
Enclosed terminals for flexible cables 6 to 25 mm2
Enclosed terminals for cables up to 25 mm2
or rigid cables 10 to 35 mm2
Total connection capacity at outgoing terminals
Spring terminals:
4 for each phase (2x1 to 4 mm2 + 2x1 to 6 mm2)
8 for the neutral (4x1 to 4 mm2 + 4x1 to 6 mm2)
Width
24 9-mm pitches
12 18-mm modules
Stripped copper connections (L = 100 mm) 10 x 4 mm2
+ 6 x 6mm2
Spring terminals for rigid or flexible cables without

ferrule:
6 for each phase (1 to 6 mm2)
18 for the neutral (1 to 6 mm2)
48 9-mm pitches
24 18-mm modules
Stripped copper connections (L = 105 mm) 6 mm2
(12 blue + 12 black)
04008
04000
Composition
References
DD381664-LIN
DB124195-LIN
Installation
Clipped onto the back of a modular rail,

or screw fixing.
DB124196-LIN
Clipped onto the back of a modular rail,

or screw fixing.
Can be mounted in Pragma Evolution enclosures and

in Prisma Pack 160.
94
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Linergy FM
Device feeders
PD390661R
160 A
4P
DD381671-LIN
3P
DD381670-LIN
DD381672-LIN
2P
DD381673-LIN
4P
200 A
200 A
200 A
27 k
25 k
25 k
30 k
The cascading reinforced breaking capacity when combining circuit breakers is maintained. The worst-case scenarios have been tested.
750 V AC
750 V AC
750 V AC
690 V AC
690 V AC
690 V AC
8 kV
8 kV
8 kV
50 A for feeder for 10 mm2 cable/63 A for feeder for 2 10 mm2 cables
50/60 Hz
IPxxB
Direct onto the row by cable 50 mm2 with crimped lug, or flexible bar 20 x 3
From Linergy BW insulated busbar in enclosure or cubicle with connection ref. 04021
From Linergy BS sheathed busbar with connection ref. 04024
From Linergy BS rear busbar with connection ref. 04029
6 connection points
12 connection points forthe
12 connection points for each phase (10 mm)
phase and the neutral
18 connection points for the neutral (10 mm)
for each phase (10 mm)
9 connection points
(10 mm)
for the neutral (10 mm)
24 9-mm pitches
48 9-mm pitches
12 18-mm modules
24 18-mm modules
2 sachets with 12 stripped copper connections 10 mm2 (L = 100 mm)
Protective covers for power supply rows (IPxxB)
Fixing accessories for power supply rows
04018
04012
04013
04014
Allows power supply from

References
DD383617-LIN
DD383472-LIN
Connections to the distribution block
4P 200 A connection
(supplied with fixing
accessories)
Linergy BW busbar
4P 200 A connection
accessories)
Linergy BS sheathed busbar
4P 200 A connection
accessories)
4P 160 A connection
for Linergy FM 1/2 row
Switchgear
04021
04024
04029
04030
DD384505-LIN
Spare parts
4 covers for 160/200 A Linergy FM rows

Reference
01202
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
95
Device feeders
Linergy FH
Horizontal comb busbar for 27 mm pitch

for C120, NG125
030920d
IEC 60664-1
Description
Comb busbars make it easier to install Schneider Electric products.

bb Supplied with 2 lateral end-caps, IP 2.
bb Outgoing feeders can be marked.
bb Cutting markings on the copper bars and the insulating material.
C120, NG125
27 mm poles, cuttable
Number of poles
1P
3P
4P
030920d
2P
Supplied with 2 side plates, IP2 and 4 tooth cover end-pieces

Outgoing feeders can be marked
Cutting markings on the copper bars and the insulating material
Unused teeth can be insulated with tooth caps
125 A
Rated operational current at

40 C
Insulation voltage
(Ie)
Rated voltage
(Ue) 500 V
(Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric circuit breakers
(Ui)
620 V
Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1
Self-extinguishing 960 C, 30 s
Colour
RAL 7016 (anthracite grey)
Use
Power supply by connector recommended
Number of 27 mm modules
16
Set of
References
14811
16
15
16
14812
14813
14814
DB105977-LIN
Installation
Comb busbars allow dismountability (1-2)
Accessories
030921d
1P, 2P, 3P, 4P

PG134071
Number of poles
Tooth covers
Insulated connector
Compatible with all Schneider Electric comb busbars
Clip onto the comb busbar's insulating material, which gives them very great stability
Receive clip-on markers allowing circuit identification
Use
Set of
References
20
For 25 mm2 semi-rigid cable

4
14818
14885
96
DB105976
DB105977
Installation
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Linergy FH
Device feeders

for Acti 9 / Multi 9
PB502379
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-2

Description

bb Can be sawn and cut in a single pass.
bb Supplied with two IP20 lateral end-caps except for 57 module references.
bb The end-pieces are compulsory after cutting.
bb The phases are identified by symbols on each side of the comb busbar for
installation in all positions.
bb Cutting marks on the insulating material.
bb The special comb busbars for circuit breakers with 9 mm auxiliaries have a 9 mm
gap for inserting iOF and iSD.
Number of poles
1P
PB110252-24
Acti 9 / Multi 9
Rated operational
(Ie)
current at 40 C
Rated conditional
(Isc)
short-circuit current
of an assembly
Insulation voltage
(Ui)
Rated voltage
(Ue)
Colour
Use
2P
3P
4P
3 (N+P)
Aux+1P
Aux+2P
Aux+3P
Aux+4P
3 (Aux+1P) 3 (Aux+N+1P)
100 A
Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric circuit breakers
500 V
415 V
Type

L1
L1L2
L1L2L3... NL1L2L3 NL1NL2 AuxL1...
NL3
AuxL1L2 AuxL1L2L3 AuxNL1

L2L3
Set of
AuxL1
AuxL2
AuxL3
1
AuxL1
AuxL2
AuxL3
1
References
6 modules of 18 mm
A9XPH106 -
12 modules of 18 mm
A9XPH112 A9XPH212 A9XPH312 A9XPH412 A9XPH512 * -
18 modules of 18 mm
A9XPH518 * -
24 modules of 18 mm
A9XPH124 A9XPH224 A9XPH324 A9XPH424 A9XPH524 * -
57 modules of 18 mm
A9XPH157 A9XPH257 A9XPH357 A9XPH457 A9XPH557 * A9XAH157 A9XAH257 A9XAH357 A9XAH457 A9XAH657 A9XAH557 *
* This comb busbar is only compatible in top feeding for simple lug devices and bottom feeding on double lug devices.
PB110793-40
PB110290-40
Installation
Accessories
3P
4P
PB110258-15
PB110259-22
2P
DB404806
1P
DB404806
Number of poles
Tooth covers
Connectors
Lateral end-caps providing IP20 protection
Monoconnect
Double terminals
To insulate teeth that Comb busbar power supply. Horizontal incomer on
have been left free
each side. For 35 mm2 cable. Tightening torque 4 N.m
10
20
PB108138-25
End-pieces
Set of
References
5-DESW015EN Linergy
10
10
10
A9XPE110 A9XPE210 A9XPE310 A9XPE410 A9XPT920
Version : 4.0
A9XPCM04
A9XPCD04
12/04/2013
97
Device feeders
Linergy FH

for Acti 9 / Multi 9
PB502380
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-2

Description

The phases are identified by symbols on each side of the comb busbar.
Dismountability of devices with Acti 9.
Acti 9 / Multi 9
18 mm poles, not cuttable
Number of poles
1P
3P
4P
3 (N+P)
PB110231-15
2P

Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Colour
(Ie)
(Isc)
100 A
(Ui)
(Ue)
500 V
415 V
Use
Type
Set of

L1
L1L2
1
1
L1L2L3
1
NL1L2L3
1
NL1NL2NL3
1
A9XPM112
A9XPM312
A9XPM412
A9XPM512 *
References
12 modules of 18 mm
A9XPM212
* This comb busbar is only compatible in top feeding for simple lug devices and bottom feeding on double lug devices.
PB110793-40
PB110290-40
Installation
PB110259-15
PB110258-22
PB110257-10
Accessories
Tooth covers
Connectors
To insulate teeth that have been left free
Comb busbar power supply
20
Horizontal incomer on each side

For 35 mm2 cable
Tightening torque 4 N.m
4
A9XPT920
A9XPCD04
A9XPCM04
Double terminals
Monoconnect
Use
Set of
References
98
PB108164-38
PB108162-38
Installation
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Linergy FH
Device feeders

for Acti 9, C60
PB502382
IEC 60439-1
Description
Comb busbars ensure:

bb Easy, reliable mounting of 1P+N and 3P+N, TL, CT, ID, V, BP and Cm switchgear:
tooth positioning opposite the device terminals is ensured by indexing of copper
parts
bb C60/ID Group Feeder comb busbars contain two different parts:
vv connection of Group Feeder switchgear: C60 (3P + N) or ID (3P + N) circuit
breaker in 18 mm modules, powered by cables, through the bottom, directly by the
terminals
vv connection of Clario, Prodis and Librio switchgear in 9 mm modules.
Acti 9 Ph+N
Number of poles
1P+N

Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Colour
DB123730
DB123729
3P+N
21501
21505
Complete comb busbars (supplied with 4 side plates and 1tooth cover)
80 A
(Ie)
(Isc)
(Ui)
(Ue)
(Uimp)
Comb
busbar
Tooth
cover
References
440 V
230 V (P + N) - 400 V (3P + N)
6 kV
IP20
RAL 7035
12
18
24
12
18
24
21501
19512
21503
21505
09516
21507
Comb busbars alone

Comb
busbar
References
48
48
21089
21093
C60/ID Group Feeder comb busbars alone

3P+N
DB101184-10
Number of poles

Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Colour
Number of 18-mm modules
Power supply
(Ie)
(Isc)
80 A
(Ui)
(Ue)
(Uimp)
440 V
230 V (P + N) - 400 V (3P + N)
6 kV
IP20
Self-extinguishing 960 C 30 s
RAL 7035
12
Through left-hand
48
Through left-hand
48
Through right-hand
10545
10546
10547
References
Accessories
Set of
References
DB123731
3P+N
DB123733
1P+N
DB123732
Number of poles
End-pieces
Tooth covers (3 x 18-mm modules) Tooth covers (1 x 18-mm module)
Connectors (grey)
40
12
10
21096
10405
21098
21094
5-DESW015EN Linergy
21095
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
99
Linergy FH
Device feeders

for Acti 9
PB502383
IEC 60439-1
Description
bb Connection of Clario, Prodis and Librio switchgear in 9 mm modules.

bb The special comb busbars for circuit breaker have a gap of 9 mm for inserting OF,
SD, OF-SD/OF auxiliaries.
bb The comb busbars for 3P + N circuit breakers and auxiliaries are compatible with
Prisma switchboard.
bb 1P+N comb busbars with Prisma and Pragma 24.
Acti 9
Number of poles
1P+N
1P+N
3P+N
PB110801-10
3P+N
A9N21036
Comb busbars
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Colour
Number of 18-mm modules
Comb busbars DPN Vigi
(Ie)
(Isc)
63 A
(Ui)
(Ue)
500 V
230 V ( P + N) - 400 V (3P + N)
IP20
RAL 7035
56
56
56
56
A9N21035
A9N21037
A9N21038
References
A9N21036
Accessories
3P+N
Set of
References
100
PB110807-10
PB110805-10
PB110806-10
1P+N
PB110804-10
Number of poles
End-pieces
Connectors (grey)
Neutral connectors (blue)
Tooth cover (1 x 18 mm module)
20
10
10
10
A9N21041
A9N21042
A9N21050
A9N21039
A9N21040
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Terminal blocks
Introduction
PB502409.eps
New!
Principle of push-in connection.
Linergy TR
Push-in technology terminal blocks

Presentation
The new NSYTRP push-in terminal blocks use the most cost effective connection
technique in the market. This technique drastically reduces wiring time and
eliminates the need for regular re-tightening.
The insertion force of the NSYTRP push-in terminal blocks is up to 50 % lower.
This allows easy and direct plugging of solid conductors or flexible conductors with
cable-ends (ferrules) of 0.34 mm and up to 6 mm.
PB502406.eps
Screw technology terminal blocks

Presentation
Principle of screw connection.
NSYTRV screw technology terminal blocks are components which are well-known
and widely used throughout the world and are suitable for the vast majority of
connection applications, due to their wide range of functions and connection
possibilities.
NSYTRV terminal blocks ensure quality, safety and the operational availability of
equipment. In addition to these advantages, they optimise the setting up and
operation of installations, due to their simplicity and integrated functions.
PB502408.eps
Spring technology terminal blocks

Presentation
Principle of spring connection.
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Spring technology is a type of connection that requires no maintenance and ensures

the separation of mechanical and electrical functions.
NSYTRR spring terminals significantly reduces wiring time and eliminates the need
for regular re-tightening. This technology allows the connection of flexible conductors
with or without cable ends, but also of solid conductors with nominal c.s.a. of
0.13 mm up to 25 mm.
NSYTRR terminal blocks ensure quality, safety and the operational availability of
equipment. In addition to these advantages, they optimise the setting up and
operation of installations, due to their simplicity and integrated functions.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
101
Terminal blocks
Linergy TR
Terminal blocks
New!
Connection technology
Type of
terminal
block
Cross section
area
Passthrough 2,5 mm (2 pts)
2,5 mm (3 pts)
2,5 mm
(4 pts, 1 level)
2,5 mm
(4 pts, 2 levels)
4 mm (2 pts)
4 mm (3 pts)
4 mm
(4 pts, 1 level)
4 mm
(4 pts, 2 levels)
6 mm (2 pts)
10 mm (2 pts)
16 mm (2 pts)
Earth
protection
Knife
Disconnect
150 mm (2 pts)
2,5 mm (2 pts)
2,5 mm (3 pts)
2,5 mm (4 pts)
4 mm (2 pts)
4 mm (3 pts)
4 mm (4 pts)
6 mm (2 pts)
10 mm (2 pts)
16 mm (2 pts)
2,5 mm (2 pts)
2,5 mm (3 pts)
Fuse
Disconnect
2,5 mm
(2 levels)
4 mm (2 pts)
5 x 20 mm fuse
Basic
4 mm (2 pts)
Disconnect (3)
Measuring
6 mm (2 pts)
Disconnect
transducer
6 mm (2 pts)
6 mm (2 pts)
* Grey terminal with flange.
102
Screw tech
Spring tech
Push-in tech
Miniature
screw
for 15 mm
DIN rail
Miniature
spring
for 15 mm
DIN rail
Miniature spring
for direct mount
Grey
Blue
Orange
Grey
Blue
Orange
Grey
Blue
Grey
Blue
Grey
Blue
Orange
Grey
Blue
Orange
Grey
Blue
Grey
Blue
Grey
Blue
Grey
Blue
Grey
Blue
Grey
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Grey
Orange
Grey
Orange
Grey
NSYTR V22
NSYTR V22BL
NSYTR V22AR
NSYTR V24D
NSYTR V24DBL
NSYTR V42
NSYTR V42BL
NSYTR V42AR
NSYTR V43
NSYTR V43BL
NSYTR V43AR
NSYTR V44
NSYTR V44BL
NSYTR V44D
NSYTR V44DBL
NSYTR V62
NSYTR V62BL
NSYTR V102
NSYTR V102BL
NSYTR V162
NSYTR V162BL
NSYTRV1502BB
NSYTR V22PE
NSYTR V42PE
NSYTR V43PE
NSYTR V44PE
NSYTR V62PE
NSYTR V102PE
NSYTR V162PE
NSYTR V42ST (1)
NSYTR V42STAR (1)
NSYTRV42SCD (1)
NSYTR R22
NSYTR R22BL
NSYTR R22AR
NSYTR R23
NSYTR R23BL
NSYTR R23AR
NSYTR R24
NSYTR R24BL
NSYTR R24D
NSYTR R24DBL
NSYTR R42
NSYTR R42BL
NSYTR R42AR
NSYTR R43
NSYTR R43BL
NSYTR R44
NSYTR R44BL
NSYTR R44D
NSYTR R44DBL
NSYTR R62
NSYTR R62BL
NSYTR R102
NSYTR R102BL
NSYTR R162
NSYTR R162BL
NSYTR R22PE
NSYTR R23PE
NSYTR R24PE
NSYTR R42PE
NSYTR R43PE
NSYTR R44PE
NSYTR R62PE
NSYTR R102PE
NSYTR R162PE
NSYTR R22SC
NSYTR R22SCAR
NSYTR R23SC
NSYTR R23SCAR
NSYTRR24SCD
NSYTR P22
NSYTR P22BL
NSYTR P22AR
NSYTR P23
NSYTR P23BL
NSYTR P23AR
NSYTR P24
NSYTR P24BL
NSYTR P24D
NSYTR P24DBL
NSYTR P42
NSYTR P42BL
NSYTR P43
NSYTR P43BL
NSYTR P44
NSYTR P44BL
NSYTR P22PE
NSYTR P23PE
NSYTR P24PE
NSYTR P42PE
NSYTR P43PE
NSYTR P44PE
NSYTR P22SC
NSYTR P23SC
-
NSYTR V22M
NSYTR V22MBL
NSYTR V42M
NSYTR V42MBL
NSYTR V22MPE
NSYTR V42MPE
-
NSYTR R22M
NSYTR R22MBL
NSYTR R24M
NSYTR R24MBL
NSYTR R22MPE
-
NSYTR R22MF
NSYTR R22MFBL
NSYTR R22MFF*
NSYTR R24M
NSYTR R24MBL
-
Black
Black (12 V)
Black (230 V)
Grey
NSYTR V42SF5
NSYTR V42SF5LD (2)
NSYTR V42SF5LA (2)
NSYTRV 42TB
NSYTR R22TB
NSYTR P42TB
Color
Grey/Orange NSYTR V62TTD

Grey
Green
NSYTR V62TT
NSYTR V62TTPE
(1) 4 mm terminal, with 2 test points.

(2) With light indicator.
(3) Fuse or component carrier not supplied.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Device feeders
Linergy TR
Terminal blocks
Connection
technology
Miniature spring
for direct mount
NSYTR R22MP
NSYTR R22MPBL
NSYTR R24MP
NSYTR R24MPBL
-
Accessories
End plate
for screw TBs
End plate
for spring TBs
End plate
for push-in TBs
NSYTRA C22
NSYTRA C22BL
NSYTRA CE24
NSYTRA C22
NSYTRA C22BL
NSYTRA C23
NSYTRA C24
NSYTRA CE24
NSYTRA C22
NSYTRA C22BL
NSYTRA C22
NSYTRA C22BL
NSYTRA C162
NSYTRAC952
NSYTRA C22
NSYTRA C22
NSYTRA C23
NSYTRA C24
NSYTRA C22
NSYTRA C22
NSYTRA C162
Included
Included
NSYTRA CE24
NSYTRA CR22
NSYTRA CR22BL
NSYTRA CR23
NSYTRA CR23BL
NSYTRA CR24
NSYTRA CR24BL
NSYTRA CRE24
NSYTRA CR42
NSYTRA CR43
NSYTRA CR44
NSYTRA CRE44
NSYTRA CR62
NSYTRA CR102
NSYTRA CR162
NSYTRA CR22
NSYTRA CR23
NSYTRA CR24
NSYTRA CR42
NSYTRA CR43
NSYTRA CR44
NSYTRA CR62
NSYTRA CR102
NSYTRA CR162
NSYTRA CR23
NSYTRA CR24
Included
NSYTRA CR23
NSYTRA CR23BL
NSYTRA CR24
NSYTRA CR24BL
NSYTRA CRE24
NSYTRA CR42
NSYTRA CP43
NSYTRA CP44
NSYTRA CR22
NSYTRA CR23
NSYTRA CR24
NSYTRA CR42
NSYTRA CP43
NSYTRA CP44
NSYTRA CPK22
NSYTRA CPK23
-
Included
Included
Included
Included
NSYTRA CR23
NSYTRA CR42
NSYTRA CT22
NSYTRA CT22
NSYTRA CT22
5-DESW015EN Linergy
NSYTRA CR22
NSYTRA CR22BL
Version : 4.0
Plug-in bridge
Marking strips
10 characters
NSYTRA L22
NSYTRA L23
NSYTRA L24
NSYTRA L25
NSYTRA L210
NSYTRA L210BL
NSYTRA L210GR
NSYTRA L220
NSYTRA B510
NSYTRA B520
NSYTRA B530
NSYTRA B540
NSYTRA B550
NSYTRA B590
NSYTRA B5100
NSYTRA B51100
NSYTRA L42
NSYTRA L43
NSYTRA L44
NSYTRA L45
NSYTRA L410
NSYTRA L410BL
NSYTRA L410GR
NSYTRA L420
NSYTRA B610
NSYTRA B620
NSYTRA B630
NSYTRA B640
NSYTRA B650
NSYTRA B690
NSYTRA B6100
NSYTRA B61100
NSYTRA L62
NSYTRA L610
NSYTRA L102
NSYTRA B810
NSYTRA B820
NSYTRA B1010
NSYTRA B1020
NSYTRA B1010
NSYTRA B1020
-
NSYTRA L162
NSYTRA L1502
12/04/2013
103
Linergy connection systems
Terminal blocks and bars
Linergy TB
Earth bars
DD383501-LIN
Description
This range of earth bars is installed:

bb in the duct which can constitute a dedicated area, completely separate from the
equipment
bb or in the switchgear compartment, at the top or the bottom .
DD381516-LIN
Fast-connecting earth bar
Copper earth bar

Cross-section (mm)
Effective length (mm)
Total length (mm)
Composition
12 x 3
330
450
Copper bar with 1 terminal 16 to 35 mm2
References
04201
75 mm
37 mm
DD381516-LIN
DD381516-LIN
Accessories
Earth blocks with terminals

Spring-fixing (clip onto the earth bar)
3 x 16 mm2
12 x 4 mm2
4 earth blocks
4 earth blocks

Composition
References
04214
04215
DD381516-LIN
Accessories
Earth bar with jumper

Cross-section (mm)
Length (mm)
Composition
References
40 x 2.5 to 16 mm2
12 x 13
450
40 jumpers
and a terminal
(16 to 35 mm2)
20 x 2.5 to 16 mm2
12 x 13
200
20 jumpers
and a terminal
(16 to 35 mm2)
04200
04202
DD381519-LIN
Accessories
Neutral bar
Converts an earth bar to a neutral bar
2 insulating spacers
Composition
References
104
Version : 4.0
04210
12/04/2013
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Linergy connection systems
Terminal blocks and bars
Linergy TA
Auxiliary connections
DD380867-LIN
Description
For distributing auxiliary voltages in power and regulation equipment.
DD381644-LIN
Terminal block for auxiliary wiring
Standards
Connection capacity
Dimensions (HxWxD)
Cross-section
Tightening torque
Composition
IEC
12 A
250 V
4 kV
10 (grey)
2 x 10 (grey)
61 x 48 x 45
0.2 to 4 mm
0.5 to 0.6 Nm
3.5 18-mm modules
(Ie)
(Ue)
(Uimp)
Input
Output
(mm)
References
UL
20 A
300 V
04228
DD381602-LIN
Four-pole auxiliary bus duct
Duct for 4 conductors
Rated operational current at 40 C (Ie)

(Ui)
Length (mm)
Composition
References
5-DESW015EN Linergy
Version : 4.0
166 tap-off points with Faston connectors,

per linear meter
32 A
660 V
1755
Supplied with 2 end clamps and 1 lateral clamp
for mounting on cable-tie supports
04203
12/04/2013
105
Prisma G
enclosures
Prisma G enclosures
Contents
IP30, IP31, IP43.......................................................109

Presentation................................................................................109
Enclosures..........................................................................................................111
Wall-mounted and floorstanding enclosures..............................112

Combinations..............................................................................114
Gland plates................................................................................116
Accessories.................................................................................117
Door accessories.........................................................................118
Spare parts..................................................................................119
Dimensions..................................................................................122
IP55.............................................................................125
Presentation................................................................................125
Weatherproof enclosures................................................................................... 127
IP55 enclosures...........................................................................128
Multiple combinations..................................................................129
Enclosures mounting...................................................................130
Wall-mounted enclosures IP55gland plates................................131
Partial doors and functional units for partial door.........................132
Side panels with cut-outs.............................................................133
Door accessories.........................................................................134
Spare-parts..................................................................................135
Dimensions..................................................................................136
6-DESW015EN Prisma G enclosures
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
107
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
Prisma G
IP30, IP31, IP43
Presentation
For safe and upgradeable

electrical switchboards
> Safety of people

and property
> Continuity of service
> Optimization and
upgradeability
> Ergonomics and
complete accessibility
> Controlled costs
(installation, maintenance)
and delivery times
> 100% reliable and in compliance with existing standards

All the components (switchgear, splitter blocks, prefabricated connections, etc.) have been designed
to work together. All switchboard configurations have been tested.
> Optimized, upgradeable installation
With Prisma G, you can build the right switchboard for your customer, sized precisely to fit costs and needs.
Thanks to the organization around functional units, the installation evolves simply while preserving
its original performance.
> Ease of setup
The complete accessibility of all mounting and connection points facilitates assembly and cabling in the
workshop. The functional units are clearly identified: operations are intuitive and reliable, and connection
and checking are performed naturally.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
109
Prisma G enclosures
Presentation
Enclosures
Commercial buildings: hotels, offices, shops, etc.

Industry: technical room, etc.
Enclosure delivered flat: total accessibility

Designed for electrical continuity
bb630 A
bbIP30
bbIK07/08
Gland plate
PD390300
bb Dismountable
and cuttable
Quick fastening
on hook-on rail
bb Easy wall mounting
Safety
bb Insulated Linergy BW
busbars, IPxxB, pre-fitted
Ergonomic handle
Fast operation and
easy maintenance
bb Straightforward
organization in
functional units
Quick-connect
Linergy TB terminal
blocks
Ergonomics and safety
PD390240
bb Easy front plate handling

thanks to the ergonomic
gripper
bb Legible "Open/closed"
positions of front plate
bb Integrated front plate
sealing function
bb Direct accessibility of functional

unit thanks to the front plate
hinges kit
bb Total accessibility of switchgear
thanks to the installation of hinges
on all front plate (allows the front
panel to be made swivelling)
Main characteristics
Steel sheet metal with electrophoresis treatment + hot-polymerised polyester

epoxy powder.
Enclosure:
bb width: 600 mm, with duct: 300 mm
bb height: 330 to 1380 mm
bb depth: 205 mm without door / 250 mm with door
bb properties of metal enclosures > page 186.
Designation
G IP30 - IP31 - IP43 enclosure
Color
Standards conformity
Easy design with
Rapsody
software
> see page 25
Degree of protection against

mechanical impacts
Isolation
Doors
Mounting
Version : 4.0
630 A - Icc = 50 kA
White colour RAL 9001
EN 62208, IEC 61439-2
IP30 with or without door,
IP31 with canopy + door,
IP43 with canopy + door + gasket
IK08 with door,
IK07 without door
Class 1
bb Plain or transparent, opening to right or left
bb By design, electrical continuity of moving parts (hinges)
bb Supplied with a handle and keylock (key 405)
Distance behind door = 58 mm (possibility of push-buttons,
lamps installation).
Surface mounting, floor standing, flush mounting via a kit
> page 115
12/04/2013
111
Wall-mounted and
floorstanding enclosures
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
IP30 630 A enclosures
Reversible doors (opening to left or right), equipped with a handle and keylock
(key 405).
Ducts, W300
No. of
vertical
modules of
50mm
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
DD380627
DD380626
DD382928
DD380624
DD380623
DD380622
DD385220
DD385224
Wall-mounted enclosures, W600
Height
inmm
Enclosure
Plain door
Transparent door
No. of vertical Height

modules of
inmm
50mm
Rear + top and

bottom
plates (1)
Plain door
Transparent
door
330
480
630
780
930
1080
1230
1380
08102
08103
08104
08105
08106
08107
08108
08109
08122
08123
08124
08125
08126
08127
08128
08222
08132
08133
08134
08135
08136
08137
08138
08232
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
08172
08173
08174
08175
08176
08177
08178
08179
08182
08183
08184
08185
08186
08187
08188
08282
08197
08198
08292
330
480
630
780
930
1080
1230
1380
(1) Supplied with a combination kit for enclosure + duct association.
Floor standing enclosures IP30
(key 405).
bb two basic floor standing enclosures cannot be combined;
bb to create a switchboard comprising a number of enclosures, use a basic floor
standing enclosure and one or more floor-standing enclosure extensions;
bb floor standing enclosure extensions are supplied with a combination kit for the basic
floor standing enclosure;
bb cables can be run on the sides of the plinth (diameter y 140 mm).
No. of
vertical
modules
of 50mm
27
30
33
Partitionning
> see page 65
112
Ducts, W300
Height Basic
Plain
inmm enclosure door
1530
1680
1830
08202
08203
08204
08222
08223
08224
Transparent
door
08232
08233
08234
No. of
vertical
modules of
50mm
27
30
33
Height
inmm
Rear
Plain
door
1530
1680
1830
08212 08222
08213 08223
08214 08224
Dd380640
Dd380639
Dd380638
Dd380637
Dd380636
Dd380635
DD385222
Enclosure extensions, W600
Dd380636
Dd380636
Dd380634
DD385221
Floor standing enclosures, W600
Transparent
door
Rear + top
and bottom
plates
Plain
door
Transparent
door
08232
08233
08234
08272
08273
08274
08282 08292
08283 08293
08284 08294
Spare parts (rear accessories, door accessories, sides, uprights, etc. )

> page 119
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Wall-mounted and
floorstanding enclosures
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
Accessories to increase the degree of protection IP
Used with
Catalogue
numbers
Designation
Dd381268
Gasket for the door to increase the IP

value from IP31 to IP43
Dd381257
Canopy to increase the IP value from IP30 to IP31
1 wallmounted
enclosure
1 wallmounted
enclosure
+ 1 duct (1)
2 wallmounted
enclosures
2 wallmounted
enclosures
+ 1 duct (1)
1 wallmounted
enclosure
+ 2 ducts (2)
Enclosures or a duct from 6 to 33modules
08830
08832
08831
08833
08827
08841
The addition of a canopy over a wall-mounted or floor standing enclosure equipped with When the switchboard is equipped with a canopy,
a door ensures compliance with the degree of protection IP31.
a gasket for the doors ensures compliance with the
degree of protection IP43.
L = 5.3 m
(1) Whatever the duct position.

(2) Ducts on the sides.
No. of
vertical
modules of
50mm
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
Dd380627
Dd380626
Dd383030
Dd382928
DD385225
Height inmm
Rear + top
and bottom
plates
Side panels
Plain door
Transparent
door
330
480
630
780
930
1080
1230
1380
08172
08173
08174
08175
08176
08177
08178
08179
2 x 01040
2 x 01041
2 x 01042
2 x 01043
2 x 01044
2 x 01045
2 x 01046
2 x 01035
08182
08183
08184
08185
08186
08187
08188
08282
08197
08198
08292
No. of
vertical
modules of
50mm
27
30
33
Dd380640
Dd380639
Dd383030
Dd380631
DD385232
Floor standing enclosures, W300
Height
inmm
Rear + top
and bottom
plates
Side panels
Plain door
Transparent
door
1530
1680
1830
08272
08273
08274
2 x 01035
2 x 01034
2 x 01033
08282
08283
08284
08292
08293
08294
Spare parts (rear accessories, door accessories, sides, uprights, etc. )

> page 119
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
113
Combinations
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
Combinations
To make the combination more rigid, particularly during transport, it is mandatory to

use a set of cross-members secured to the rear of the switchboard.
Combination kits
Horizontal
1 wall-mounted
enclosure
+ 1 duct
Set of two lifting/reinforcement 08812
cross-members or vertical
uprights
+ combination kit (2)
1 wall-mounted
enclosure
+ 2 ducts
08811
2 wall-mounted
enclosures
08811
2 wall-mounted
enclosures
+ 1 duct
08813
2 wall-mounted
enclosures
+2 ducts
08814
2 wall-mounted
enclosures
+3 ducts
08826
2 wall-mounted
enclosures
08817 (1)
08816
08816
08816
08816
08816
1 floor standing
enclosure
+ 2 ducts
1 floor standing
enclosure
+ 1 enclosure
extension
08811
1 floor standing
enclosure
+2 ducts
+1enclosure
extension
08814
1 wall-mounted
enclosure
+3 ducts
+1enclosure
extension
08826
1 floor standing
enclosure
+ 1 wall-mounted
enclosure
08811
1 floor standing
enclosure
+ 1 duct
+1enclosure
extension
08813
08817 (1)
08816
08882
4 wall-mounted
enclosures
4 wall-mounted
enclosures
+4 ducts
08814
4 wall-mounted
enclosures
+6 ducts
08826
2 additional
ducts
08811
4 wall-mounted
enclosures
+ 2 ducts
08813
2 additional
wall-mounted
enclosures
must be made
08817
08816
08817
08816
08817
08816
08817
08816
2 supplied with
the ducts
2 supplied with
the enclosure
extensions
08818
08818
2 x 08818
3 x 08818
4 x 08818
08818
08818
1 floor standing
enclosure
+ 1 wall-mounted
enclosure
+ 2 ducts
1 floor standing
enclosure
+ 1 enclosure
extension
+ 2 wall-mounted
enclosures
08811
1 floor standing
enclosure
+ 1 enclosure
extension
+ 2 ducts
+ 2 wall-mounted
enclosures
08813
1 floor standing
enclosure
+ 1 enclosure
extension
+4 ducts
+ 2 wall-mounted
enclosures
08814
1 floor standing
2 more ducts
enclosure
+ 1 enclosure
extension
+6 ducts
+ 2 wall-mounted
enclosures
08826
must be made
must be made
08817
08815
08817
-
08817
-
08817
-
08818
2 x 08882
2 x 08818
2 x 08882
3 x 08818
2 x 08882
4 x 08818
2 x 08882
08818
-
08818
08882
DD384000
For wall-mounted
enclosure
Vertical
DD384000
For floor standing

enclosure
1 floor standing
enclosure
+ 1 duct

cross-members or vertical
uprights
+ plain plate
Combination kits
Multiple
DD384000
For wall-mounted
enclosures
2 wall-mounted
enclosures
+ 2 ducts
cross-members
08817
Set of two vertical uprights (1)
08816
DB124228
+ multiple combination kit
DD384000
For floor standing

enclosure

cross-members
Set of two vertical uprights
08817
08815
+ multiple combination kit

+ plain plate
08818
08882
must be made
2 floor standing
enclosures
+ 2 additional
wall-mounted
enclosures
(1) For more than 33 combined modules, these vertical uprights are mandatory.
(2) A combination kit is supplied with each duct or enclosure extension. It can be necessary to use one kit more than those already supplied.
114
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
Installation / lifting accessories
Lifting accessories
The lifting rings are used to move a single wall-mounted or floor standing enclosure.
For combined enclosures, use the lifting/reinforcement cross-members (see below).
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
Lifting/reinforcement cross-members
for combined enclosures
DD381653
DD384010
2 lifting rings for single

wall-mounted or floor
standing enclosures
08801
08812
08811
08811
08814
Set of two lifting rings
Have 2 types of holes: for lifting and for mounting on a wall
08813
08826
Installation possibilities
Switchboards can be mounted on a wall in three manners: with the hook-on rail
system, via the inside of the enclosure or using external wall-mounted brackets.
Combined enclosures can be mounted using the lifting/reinforcement crossmembers
set of two lifting/reinforcement cross-members.
DD385226
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
Delivered with the enclosure

The enclosure comes with 2 cross-members secured
to the back of the enclosure (top and bottom) and a
support rail (with levelling adjustment) for screwmounting on the wall. The enclosure is easily mounted
on the hook-on rail system.
End the fixation with 2x 8mm diameter screws, at the
bottom of enclosure
Mounting using the external

wall-mounted brackets
DD384037
Mounting via the inside

DD384038
Hook-on rail system
The enclosure can be mounted through

the spacers in the 4 holes provided on
the enclosure using 8 mm diameter
screws (2 knockouts can be removed if
necessary to provide 2 other holes).
08804
4 external wall-mounted brackets.
Plinth raiser
Dd380633
For floor standing enclosure
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
08805
For basic floor standing enclosure or extension
L = 600 mm
08807
For a duct
L = 300 mm
Flush-mounting kit
Dd381256
For wall-mounted enclosure
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
Version : 4.0
08819
6 to 18 modules
12/04/2013
08820
21 to 27 modules
115
Gland plates
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
G gland plates
Enclosures (wall-mounted, floor standing, ducts) are supplied with a plastic gland
plate installed on the top or bottom for wall-mounted enclosures and the top for floor
standing enclosures.
For some connections needs, the existing plastic gland plate can be replaced by this
metal gland plate.
Used with
Cat. no.
Dd380861
Metal plates with cut-outs + plastic gland plates
Dd382817
Plain metal gland plates
At the top or bottom of a wall-mounted enclos.

or duct, at the top of a floor standing enclos.
Wall-mounted or floor standing enclos. Duct
08870
08874
Used with
Using at the top or bottom of a wall-mounted enclosure

(+ duct) at he top of a floor standing enclosure (+ duct)
Wall-mounted or floor standing enclosure.
Duct
08880
08884
Catalogue numbers
Cut-out metal plates

This plastic gland plate can be replaced by an interface plate with cut-outs for special
cable entry systems made of an insulating material (plain, with knockouts or
membrane-type).
Dd382933
Used with
Catalogue numbers
Wall-mounted or floor standing enclosure

08871
Duct
08875
Used with
Catalogue numbers
DB124235
DB124234
Metal gland plates for plinth
Between the plinth and the bottom of a floor standing

enclosure or duct, for ensuring IP20
Floor standing enclosure
Duct
08887
08888
Gland plates, plain with knockouts or membrane-type
The gland plates are easy to install using the mounting kit (supplied with each gland
plate) that positions and holds the nuts during installation.
This makes it possible to mount the gland plates using a single tool.
08892
2
2
08895
5
8
-
Number of entries
12
13
Version : 4.0
From 5 to 7 mm dia.
From 6 to 10 mm dia.
12/04/2013
Dd382936
08891
4
4
4
-
Dd382936
08881
-
Dd382936
Dd382935
Membrane-type
Catalogue numbers
M12
M12 or M20
M16 or M25
M20
M20 or M32
M25 or M40
116
Dd382935
With knockouts
Dd382935
Plain
Dd382934
Gland plates
08872
4
4
12
4
1
25
08896
2
6
8
16
2
1
35
08897
2
2
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
Accessories
Trunking spreader
Dd381636
Trunking spreader
Cat. no.
08824
Characteristics For a professional-looking connection
between the trunking and the enclosure.
Can be installed at the top or bottom.
The spreader is marked for cut-outs for
standard trunking sizes.
The maximum capacity is two 250 x 80 mm
trunking sections.
Partial doors
Type
Plain door
Partial door with

cut-outs
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
Dd381636
Dd381636
(for 72 x 72 or 96 x 96 mm
devices)
08850
08851
Height: 6 modules.
Useful height behind a partial door: 5modules. Installation on a
wall-mounted enclosure at least 12 modules high (H u 630 mm).
Reversible (opening to left or right), equipped with a handle and
keylock (key 405).
Note: each wall-mounted enclosure and basic floor standing
enclosure or extension can be equipped with only one partial
door. The front must be completed with another door.
Partitionning > see page 65

Canopy - Gasket > see page 113
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
117
Door accessories
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
Door handles and padlocking

DD383885
Padlocking
DD383883
Standard handle
DD383882
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
ASSA/ABLOY handle
DD383881
EURO handle
08932
Supplied without barrel
08933
Supplied without barrel
08931
Supplied with barrel lock
(key no. 405)
RAL 7016
08938
The kit can be installed on the
door handles equipped with
any of the barrel locks and
inserts above
Barrel locks, inserts
The barrel locks and inserts below can be mounted on handle 08931 and on all
the door handles of the Prisma G IP30.
DD381203
08940
1 key no. 405
08941
2 keys no. 455
08942
2 keys no. 1242E
DD383884
DD383884
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
DD383884
Barrel locks
08943
2 keys no. 3113A
08944
2 keys no. 2433A
08956
2 keys no.2432E
08945
08946
DIN double bar insert Screwdriver slot
insert
08947 08948 08949

Male triangle insert
6.5 mm 7 mm
8 mm
08950
9 mm
DD383884
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
DD383884
DD383884
Inserts
08951 08952 08953
Male square insert
6 mm
7 mm
8 mm
08955
Female square insert
6 mm
Earthing braid
The earthing braid is used to earth a door or partial door with devices.
DD384005
08911
Equipped with a 5 mm diameter lug at one end and a 6 mm
diameter lug on the other
DD384052
08910
Equipped with a 4 mm diameter lug at one end and a 6 mm diameter
lug on the other
DD381338
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
Earthing wire, 6 mm2
DD384005
Finishing parts > see page 71
118
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Spare parts
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
Accessories (IP30)
Duct accessories
01036
DD384483
4 kit pillars + pillar heads

1 earthing braid plug
4 washers
2 combination uprights
2 short combination crossbars
2 base blanking plugs
2 association fasteners
4 spacers
2 screws with flange
1 self threading screw
2 A-angle parts
2 B-angle parts
7 nuts HX grooved
Wall-mounted and floor standing enclosure accessories
01018
DD384484
4 kit pillars + pillar head

2 A-angle parts
2 B-angle parts
8 self threading screws
4 base blanking plugs
4 spacers
DD384485
4 nuts HX grooved
4 spacers
01098
Accessory for closing, wall-mounted and floor standing enclosure
01032
Door accessories (IP30)

DD385270

2 door stops
3 self threading screws M5 x 10
3 fixed hinges
3 hinge pins
3 stop bolts
Retrofit Pack, G enclosures IP30
01220
1 handle
1 key no.405
1 handle staple
DD384487
1 Pack kit pin

1 assembled rod angle
1 peg and angle assembly for G cubicle
1 pozidriv screw for handle staple
1 self threading screw for Pack enclosure
1 pozidriv screw for wall-mounted and floor standinbg enclosures
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
119
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
Spare-parts
DD384490
DD384488
Gland plates (IP30)

Plain bottom gland plate
01017
Duct bottom plate
01039
DD384491
Side (IP30)
Wall-mounted enclosures
Side for 6-module wall-mounted enclosures
01040
01041
01042
01043
01044
01045
01046

Side for 27-module floor standing enclosures
01035
01034
01033

01030
01029
01028
DD384492
Central uprights (IP30)
Plinths (IP30)
DD384493
01050
Left drilled base bracket + Right drilled base bracket

DD384494
Accessories for plinth
01051
Left base bracket + Right base bracket

DD384495
01052
Base cover + plinth

01053
DD384496
Base cover + plinth

120
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
DD384500
Front cover support uprights (IP30)
Spare-parts
2 front cover support uprights - 6 modules
01250
01251
01252
01253
01254
01255
01256
01257
01258
01259
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
121
Dimensions
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
Floor standing
enclosures
H1
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
27
30
33
330
480
630
780
930
1080
1230
1380
1530
1680
1830
1380
1530
1680
DD381914
DD384040
DD383050
No. of vertical
modules
DD383049
Wall-mounted
enclosures
DD384044
Dd381897
DD384039
DD383826
DD384045
DD383052
DD384041
Ducts
147
122
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Dimensions
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
Trunking spreader
DD383841
DD383841
Cable entry
157
496
206
Wall-mounted installation
Ducts
545
483
Wall-mounted
enclosures
DD384043
255
193
DD384317
DD384318
Wall-mounted and
floor standing
enclosures
Floor standing
enclosures
No. of vertical
modules
H1
H2
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
27
30
33
246
396
546
696
846
996
1146
1296
1488
1638
1788
430
580
730
880
1030
1180
1330
1480
1580
1730
1880
DD383062
Floor standing plinth fixation
Depth behind front plate

Dd383061
Adjustable rail
Cat. no. 03002 or 03011
Dd383059
Fixed rail
Cat. no. 03001 or 03010
Slotted mounting
plate
Recessed mounting plate

Cat. no. 03171, 03172, 03173,
03176, 03177 or 03178
Dd383061
Dd383056
Dd383057
Modular rail
Dd383058
Dd383055
Functional
uprights
Recessed rail
Cat. no. 03003
Rear rail
Cat. no. 03004
Version : 4.0
Flat plate
Cat. no. 03170 or 03175
12/04/2013
123
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
Presentation
Great capability for

meeting the requirements
of your installation
> Safety of people

and property
> Continuity of service
> Robustness
> Ergonomics and
complete accessibility
> Optimization and
upgradeability
> 100% reliable and in compliance with existing standards

All the components (switchgear, splitter blocks, prefabricated connections, etc.) have been designed
to work together. All switchboard configurations have been tested. Even the most demanding.
> Optimized, upgradeable installation
Prisma G IP55 is the only switchboard in this category designed as a "kit".
All configurations and combinations are possible, with full access. Thanks to the organization
around functional units, the installation evolves simply while preserving its original performance.
> Ease of setup
The complete accessibility of all mounting and connection points facilitates assembly and cabling in
the workshop. The functional units are clearly identified: operations are intuitive and reliable, and connection
and checking are performed naturally.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
125
Presentation
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
Weatherproof enclosures
Metallic indoor enclosures to compose

Severe environments: industrial and agricultural buildings,
basements, kitchens, etc.
Enclosure delivered flat: total accessibility

Designed for electrical continuity
bb630 A
bbIP55
bbIK10
bb Functionalized installation
of push buttons, power
sockets, etc.
bb Installation of power
sockets on the side
PE60330
Practical
Ergonomics and safety

bb Easy panel handling
thanks to the ergonomic
gripper
bb Legible "Open/closed"
positions of front plate,
bb Integrated front plate
sealing function
bb Direct accessibility of
functional unit if front plates
are equiped with hinges
Wide range of
combination
possibilities
Numerous
installation
possibilities
bb Vertical, horizontal
with duct, etc.
bb Direct installation on:

self-supporting structure,
pole-mounted, wall mounted
Weaterproofing
PE60331
bb Broad choice of IP55

gland plates
Steel sheet metal with electrophoresis treatment + hot-polymerised polyester

epoxy powder.
Enclosure:
bb width: 575 mm, with duct: 325 mm
bb depth: 260 mm with door
Delivered with earthing braid (with door).
Description
IP55 enclosure
Easy design with
Rapsody
software
> see page 25

Color
mechanical impacts
Isolation
Doors
Earthing
Combination
Version : 4.0
630 A - Icc = 50 kA
EN 62208, IEC 61439-2
IP55 with door
IK10
Class 1
Distance behind plain door = 78 mm,
Distance behind transparent door = 73 mm
Earthing braid delivered with enclosure
> page 129
12/04/2013
127
IP55 enclosures
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
Enclosures and doors
(key 405).
Frame + plain Frame

Rear
door
+ transparent
door
450
650
850
1050
1250
1450
1750
08302
08303
08304
08305
08306
08307
08309
08322
08323
08324
08325
08326
08327
08329
08332
08333
08334
08335
08336
08337
08339
Height
inmm
450
650
850
1050
1250
1450
1750
Rear + plain door

08342
08343
08344
08345
08346
08347
08349
Dd381523
Dd381522
Dd381526
Top and
bottom
plates for
side-by-side
combination
08371
08371
08371
08371
08371
08371
08371
Side panels
for vertical
combination
Frame
+ plain door
Frame
+ transparent
door
08352
08353
08354
08355
08356
08357
08359
08322
08323
08324
08325
08326
08327
08329
08332
08333
08334
08335
08336
08337
08339
Top and bottom

plates
08372
08372
08372
08372
08372
08372
08372
Rear + plain door

08342
08343
08344
08345
08346
08347
08349
Top and bottom

plates
08372
08372
08372
08372
08372
08372
08372
Dd383032

Dd381528
Dd381527
Ducts, W300
08312
08313
08314
08315
08316
08317
08319
Dd381525
Dd381524
Basic
enclosure
Type
No. of vertical
modules of50mm
7
11
15
19
23
27
33
Dd381523
Height
inmm
Dd381527
7
11
15
19
23
27
33
Extension enclosures, W600
Dd381528
No. of vertical
modules of50mm
Dd381522
Basic enclosure, W600

Dd381521
Type
Side panels
2 struts
08352
08353
08354
08355
08356
08357
08359
2 x 01025
2 x 01025
2 x 01025
2 x 01025
2 x 01025
2 x 01025
2 x 01025
Spare parts > see page 135

Dimensions > see page 136
Canopy
For enclosure
For duct
DB404577
Using
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
08386
08387
bb Installed on the mounting uprights or directly on the wall,
canopies improve switchboard protection against vertically falling
water and objects.
bb Colour: RAL 7016.
bb Supplied with:
vv the hardware required for mounting on the uprights
vv the components required for combination with another canopy.
Partitioning > see page 65
128
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Multiple combinations
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
Combination kits
Catalogue numbers
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
Horizontal/vertical
combination kit
"L" combination kit
Square combination kit
Single pillar
Mounting upright
08381
2 double pillars
08382
1 triple pillar
+ 1 single pillar
08383
1 quadruple pillar
Supplied with basic

enclosures
08391
L = 1950 mm
Mounting example
Dd381436
In square
DB404572
In L
Dd381434
Simple
1 Basic enclosure
1 1 basic enclosure
1 1 basic enclosure
2 Rear plate for enclosure extension
2 1 rear + door for duct
3 1 set of two side panels
3 1 set of two top and bottom plates for duct
2 3
rear plates for enclosure
extensions
4 1 rear plate for enclosure extension

Combination kits
4 1
horizontal/vertical combination kit 08381
6 1
"L" combination kit 08382
7 1
horizontal/vertical combination kit 08381
Mounting uprights
3 1
set of two top and bottom
plates for enclosure
extensions
5 1
square combination kit
08383
6 2
horizontal/vertical
combination kits 2 x 08381
7 3
mounting uprights
W = 1950 mm (to reinforce
the switchboard) 3 x 08391
Note: for combinations of more than two enclosures, the switchboard must be reinforced using mounting uprights (08391).
Lifting
Dd381455
Lifting rings
Catalogue number
Characteristics
Version : 4.0
08396
Set of two. Supplied with mounting hardware.
The lifting rings are secured directly to the switchboard or
to the mounting uprights.
12/04/2013
129
Enclosures mounting
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
Mounting accessories
Upright
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
Quantity to order
Plinth
Mounting uprights
Plinth gusset
08391
bb W = 1950 mm
bb Colour: RAL 7016
bb Supplied with:
vv two adjustable fixing brackets,
vv one joint for combination with a plinth or another
upright.
Leave space behind the switchboard for cable
running and to improve ventilation.
For one enclosure, order two uprights.
For each enclosure extension or duct, order one
additional upright.
08392
bb H=150mm
bb Colour: RAL 7016
Plinth cover panel

(for enclosure)
08393
bb L = 600 mm
bb Colour: RAL 7016
Plinth cover panel

(forduct)
08394
bb L = 300 mm
bb Colour: RAL 7016
For the basic enclosure, order two gussets and one 600 mm wide plinth cover
panel. For each enclosure extension or duct, order one additional gusset and
the corresponding cover panel.
Mounting example
Designation
Remarks
3 x 08392 + 08393 + 08394
DB404576
08391
Free-standing structure
DB404575
On wall structure
DB404574
Catalogue numbers
On plinth
DB404573
On uprights
3 x 08391 + 3 x 08392 + 08393 +

08394
3 gussets
3 uprights + 3 gussets
+ 1 plinth cover panel for enclosure + 1 plinth cover panel for enclosure
+ 1 plinth cover panel for duct
+ 1 plinth cover panel for duct
4 x 08391 + 4 x 08392 +
2 x 08393
3 mounting uprights
4 uprights
+ 4 gussets
+ 2 plinth cover panels for
enclosure
The uprights are used to
The plinth, installed in the factory The switchboard can be mounted The free-standing structure is
mount on a wall one or
or on-site, raises the switchboard on the structure in the factory or on simply two wall structures
more enclosures combined to protect it and facilitate spreading site.
combined back-to-back.
horizontally or vertically.
of cables arriving from a trough.
Two wall-fixing brackets supplied The switchboard can be
The wall-fixing brackets supplied
with the basic enclosure ensure
positioned anywhere.
with the plinth ensure that the
that the switchboard cannot topple It can be fixed to the floor and
switchboard cannot topple over.
over.
moved easily using the lifting
rings (08396).
It can be equipped with one or
more enclosures with
Schneider sockets.
Mounting on a pole
DD381450
2 reinforcement cross-members to support the enclosure
Catalogue number
Characteristics
130
Version : 4.0
08395
The kit is used to mount an enclosure or an enclosure + duct
combination, without drilling, to an I-beam or concrete pole
that can be rectangular or cylindrical.
The maximum circumference of the pole is 580 mm.
Supplied with mounting hardware.
12/04/2013
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
IP55gland plates
Gland plates
Enclosures are supplied with metal gland plates installed on the top or bottom panel
of the enclosures (2 plates) or 300 mm wide ducts (1 plate).
These plates can be replaced by metal plates with cut-outs for special cable entry
systems made of an insulating material (plain, with knockouts or membrane-type).
They are designed for entry of cables of different cross-sectional areas via the
bottom of a switchboard while maintaining the IP55 degree of protection.
The gland plates are easy to install using the mounting kit (supplied with each gland
plate) that positions and holds the nuts during installation.
This makes it possible to mount the gland plates using a single tool.
DD383827
08876
Catalogue number
DD383829
DD383829
DD383829
Catalogue numbers
M12
M12 or M20
M16 or M25
M20
M20 or M32
M25 or M40
Total number of entries
DD383828
Plain gland plates and gland plates with knockouts
08881
-
08891
4
4
4
12
08892
2
2
4
08895
5
8
13
Catalogue numbers
From 5 to 7 mm cable diameters
08872
4
4
12
4
1
25
DD383830
DD383830
DD383830
Membrane-type gland plates
08896
2
6
8
16
2
1
35
08897
2
2
DB124230
Catalogue numbers
7 26 mm
33 72 mm
DB124229
Other gland plates
08898
39
39
08899
2
2
Spare parts (for Pack enclosures) > see page 135

Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
131
Partial doors and functional

units for partial door
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
Partial doors
4 modules (H = 200 mm)

for enclosure
from 11 to 27 modules
6 modules (H = 300 mm)
for enclosure at least
33 modules high
Installation
With cut-outs
DD381438
Plain
DD382674
Type
08374
08376
08375
08377
bb On a wall-mounted enclosure at least 11 modules high (H = 650 mm).

bb The front must be completed with another door (plain or transparent).
bb Each enclosure or extension can be equipped with only one partial door.
bb Designed for two mounting plates with 22 mm diameter devices or Schneider Electric
industrial sockets.
bb They are supplied with an insulating plain mounting plate that can be used to:
vv blank off a reserve hole,
vv install all types of devices (sockets, EPO devices, measurement devices).
bb The dimensions of the two holes are 200 mm x 112 mm.
bb Hinges that open 170
bb Equipped with a 8 mm male triangle insert (key not supplied).
Characteristics
Functional units for partial doors
They can be installed:

bb horizontally on the partial doors with cut-outs
bb horizontally vertically at any point on a door or side panel.
132
For industrial sockets
08862
bb For installation of eight
22 mm diameter devices (lights,
switches, pushbuttons, etc.)
bb Supplied with 4 blanking plug
08863
bb With two 65 x 85 mm holes
bb Intended for the installation of:
vv 10/16 A residential sockets
vv flush-mount 16 A LV sockets,
inclined or straight, IP44/IP67
Version : 4.0
08864
bb Intended for the installation of:
vv residential sockets
(< 10 /16 A) in the 65 x 85 mm
hole (1a)
vv flush-mount inclined or
straight 16 A LV sockets, IP44/
IP67, IK08, in the 65 x 85 mm
hole (1b)
vv inclined 16 and 32 A IP44
and IP67 sockets in the
90 x 100 mm hole (1)
DD381444
08861
bb Can be used to:
vv blank off partial doors with
cut-outs
vv mount any type of device
(EPO devices, measurement
devices, sockets)
DD381443
DB404553
For 22 mm diameter
devices
Dd381442
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
Plain
DB404552
Type
12/04/2013
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
These panels are designed to replace the standard side panel.

They can be mounted on the left or right-hand side.
DB404578
Side panels with cut-out

of50mm
7
11
15
19
23
27
33
Height
inmm
450
650
850
1050
1250
1450
1750
No. of 103 x 255 mm

holes
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Catalogue numbers
08362
08363
08364
08365
08366
08367
08369
The cut-outs are designed for the installation of Pratika PK industrial sockets
up to 63 A either directly or on 103 x 225 mm adaptation plates of the Kaedra
enclosure range.
Installation is direct (in 103 x 225 mm cut-outs) for:
bb 16/32 A interlocked LV sockets, IP44/IP65, IK08
bb 16 A VLV sockets with safety transformers, IP44/IP65, IK08.
DD382841
DD382841
Functional units catalogue

numbers
DD382839
Size for industrial sockets
DD382842
Industrial sockets and

functional units
DD382840
Industrial sockets and functional units 103 x 225 mm
bb 16/32 A interlocked LV
sockets
bb 16 A VLV sockets with
safety transformers
103 x 225 mm
bb 16 A and 32 A LV
bb VLV sockets
bb RJ45 sockets
bb 63 A LV
sockets
bb 16 or 32 A VLV sockets
(after uncapping of the
opening)
bb blanking
plate
65 x 85 mm
+ 90 x 100 mm
13142
100 x 107 mm
65 x 65 mm
13144
13143
13143
Direct installation
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
133
Door accessories
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
Locks
bb The small plain and transparent doors (7 to 23 modules) are supplied with a small
handle comprising a barrel lock no. 405.
bb The large plain and transparent doors (27 to 33 modules) are supplied with a large
handle comprising a barrel lock no. 405.
bb The partial doors are supplied with an 8 mm male triangle insert.
bb All doors can receive as optional equipment:
vv a large or small handle with a barrel lock no. 405. The latter can be replaced by
other barrel locks or special inserts
vv a large EURO handle, supplied without a barrel lock
vv door inserts (squares, triangles, double bars, screwdriver slots).
Handles for replacement

Dd380704
Dd380704
Handles

Designation
Door latch with
lock and
2 no.405 keys
08935
08934
Handle (W = 155mm) EURO handle without
with lock and
a barrel lock (1)
2 no.405 keys
(1) Do not suit to barrels with an automatic return stroke of the key.
Padlocking
Dd380706
Padlocking
08939
The kit can be installed on all IP55 doors, except those equipped
with an EURO lock.
Kit designed for three padlocks.
Catalogue number
Designation
Handle barrel locks and inserts
These components may equip handles after removing the standard barrel lock
no.405.
Supplied with
Catalogue numbers
Dd380706
Dd380706
Dd380706
Dd380706
Dd380706
Dd380706
Handle barrel locks (1)
2 keys
2 keys 2 keys
2 keys
Screwdriver Double
Male square insert
no.2433A no.455 no.1242E no.3113A slot insert
bar insert 7 mm 8 mm
9 mm 6 mm 7 mm 8 mm
3mm
(CNOMO)
09933
09945 09942
09943
09931
09932
09937 09934
09939 09949 09947 09948
Female
square
insert 6mm
09946
(1) Others A and E combinations are available from Ronis, please contact us.
Partial door inserts
These inserts simply replace the standard male triangle insert (8 mm).
Dd380705
Type
Screwdriver
slot insert
3 mm double
bar insert
Catalogue numbers
09981
09982

7 mm
8 mm
(CNOMO)
09983
09984
Dd380705
Dd380705
Dd380705
Dd380705
Door insert
9 mm
Male square insert

6 mm
8 mm
6 mm female
square insert
09985
09986
09989
09988
134
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
Spare-parts
Dd384507
Accessories (IP55)
2 pillars
01025
Set of spare parts for wall-mounted enclosure
01247
Dd384508
24 screws M6 x 12 + stubs contact

4 simple fixing brackets
4 screws pillar/seating
12 nylon washers
4 conical washers
4 screws M8 x 16
Set of spare parts for door
01248
Dd384508
1 screw M6 x 12 + stub washers

2 keys no.405
1 spring nut
4 screws frame/pillar
3 hinge pins
8 o-ring joints
3 stop rings
Spare parts for closing system
01249
Dd384510
1 stop washer
1 screw body
1 screw cap
1 o-ring
1 screw nut
1 composite seal
1 captive screw
1 special washer
1 cam
1 washer
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
135
Dimensions
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
No. of
vertical
modules
H1
425
625
825
1025
1225
1425
1725
375
575
775
975
1175
1375
1675
525
725
925
1125
1325
1525
1825
Dd381735
Dd381728
Dd381730
Dd381727
7
11
15
19
23
27
33
Dd381737
Doors
Dd381734
Ducts
Dd381729
Dd381726
Wall-mounted
enclosures
Dd381731
Surface utile
No. of
vertical
modules
(1) Multifix rail.

(2) Recessed slotted mounting plate.
(3) Transparent door.
(4) Plain door.
(5) Front plate.
(6 ) Door.
Dd381732
7
11
15
19
23
27
33
Enclosure combinations
420
620
820
1020
1220
1420
1720
284
484
684
884
1084
1284
1584
450
650
850
1050
1250
1450
1750
Dd381742
Dd381738
Dd381742
Canopy
136
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Dimensions
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
Dd381744
Dd381733
Partial door with cut-outs
Dd381745
Gland plates
Dd381743
7 modules
From 11 to 33 modules
(1) Cat. no. 08376 for wall-mounted enclosures from 11 to 27 modules

(2) Cat. no. 08377 for wall-mounted enclosures at least 33 modules
Cat. no 08863
Dd381750
Dd381748
Dd381749
Dd381746
Functional mounting plates
Cat. no 08864
Cat. no 08862
Cat. no 08861
Version : 4.0
Dd381739
Dd381740
Dd381741
Wall structure
12/04/2013
137
Pack enclosures
Pack enclosures
Contents
Presentation 141
Pack wall-mounted and flush-mounted enclosures
142
143
Accessories 144
Accessories - Spare-parts
Linergy distribution
Distribution and connection in Pack enclosures with Linergy
146
147
147
Dimensions 148
7-DESW015EN Pack WM
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
139
Pack enclosures
Pack enclosures
Metallic indoor enclosures, supplied mounted, can be ordered

with a single catalogue number.
1 product reference
= a complete modular
enclosure ready
to be equipped
bb160 A
bbIP30
bbIK07/08
PD391279
An enclosure + modular rails + front plates + blanking plates +

a plastic gland plate + an earth bar + a template for drilling
wall-mounted holes.
Presentation
Gland plate
bb Removable, easy-toinstall and easy-to-cut
Accessibility
bb Side panels
dismountable for
full access
Double rail
bb Double rail supplied

premounted in the 4-,
5- and 6-row enclosures
allowing mixing of devices
of different depths
Installation
PD390161
bb Door easy to install

without any tool
bb Plain or transparent
reversible door
Steel sheet metal with electrophoresis treatment + hot-polymerised polyester epoxy

powder.
Enclosure:
bb width: 555 mm
bb depth: 157 mm without door / 186 mm with door
Description
Pack enclosures
Colour
mechanical impacts
Isolation
Doors
Mounting
160 A - Icc = 50 kA
EN 62208, IEC 61439-2, NFC 61-910
IP30 with or without door
IK08 with door
IK07 without door
Class 1
bb No possibility to install push buttons (distance behind
door = 42 mm)
The Pack enclosures can be built-in easily using its flush
mounting kit
The design of Pack enclosures ensures easy device access and mounting.
Optimised depth and an extra-thin door ensure perfect integration in all
environments.
Models with 4, 5 and 6 rows are particularly well-suited for the incomer function:
bb more space available for wiring of the incoming device
bb optimised number of front plates.
7-DESW015EN Pack WM
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
141
Pack enclosures
Pack wall-mounted and

flush-mounted enclosures
DD383985
Wall-mounted enclosures for modular devices
DD383298
Enclosures include:
bb 1 modular rail per row (L= 24 modules of 18mm).
The recessed rail at the top of 4, 5, 6-row enclosures is for NG160 installation and
supplied with another rail + 4 raisers to complete the row with modular devices.
bb earth bar
bb 1 front plate with cut-out per row (height depending on model)
bb 1 plastic gland plate
bb divisible blanking plates: 3 for 2 and 3 rows enclosures, 6 for 4 to 6 rows
enclosures
bb depth: 157 mm without door, 175 mm with door + 11 for handle.
Doors are:
bb reversible, opening to left or right,
bb supplied with a handle and barrel with keylock (key 405)
bb barrel locks and inserts > see page 118
Nb. of
rows
2
3
4
5
6
Nb. of vertical
modules
of 50 mm
9
12
15
18
21
DD381802
DD381801
DD383299
Enclosure W555
Height
in mm
Enclosure
Plain door
Transparent
door
480
630
780
930
1080
08002
08003
08004
08005
08006
08082
08083
08084
08085
08086
08092
08093
08094
08095
08096
DD383982
Flush-mounting kit > see page 145
Enclosure extension
Meters can be installed at different levels on the functional uprights of enclosures.

Class 1: Depending on preferences and needs, meters can be installed directly on
mounting plates equipped with earthing braids and combined with partitioning or
front plates.
The mounting plates can be raised using M5 spacers.
Doors are:
bb reversible, opening to left or right
bb supplied with a handle and barrel with keylock (key 405),
bb barrel locks and inserts > see page 118

of 50 mm
9
12
142
Version : 4.0
Height
in mm
480
630
DD382406
DD382405
DD382404
Enclosure extension W555
Enclosure
Plain door
08012
08013
08082
08083
12/04/2013
Transparent
door
08092
08093
7-DESW015EN Pack WM
Pack enclosures
Kilowatt-hour meters, Class 2
Class 1: Depending on preferences and needs, meters can be installed directly on

mounting plates (without insulating plate) equipped with earthing braids of 6mm2
(08910) and combined with partitioning or front plates. The mounting plates can be
raised using M5 spacers > see page 67
DD383982
DD383981
In an enclosure extension
DD382945
In Pack wall-mounted enclosures

DD382947
Installation
Device
Nb. of devices per row
Mounting plate
Insulating plate
Horizontal partitioning (1)
Front plate
transparent
plain
Enclosure
Door
Single-phase meters
3
6
03157
03154
04333
03343
or 03806
Pack enclosure
Depending on enclosure
3-phase meters
2
9
03152
03154
04333
03344
or 03807
Pack enclosure
Depending on enclosure
Earthing wire 6 mm2

(set of 2)
08911
-
08911
-
Single-phase meters
3
6
03157
03154
03343
or 03806
08012
08092 (transparent)
or 08082 (plain)
08911
08817 (2)
3-phase meters
2
9
03152
03154
03344
or 03807
08013
08093 (transparent)
or 08083 (plain)
08911
08817 (2)
(1) If not installed at the top of a Pack enclosure, order an addition horizontal partition (04333).
(2) To make the combination more rigid, particularly during transport, it is mandatory to use a set of combination uprights secured to the rear of the switchboard.
7-DESW015EN Pack WM
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
143
Pack enclosures
Accessories
Gland plates
DD383990
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
DD383989
Gland plates
Top or bottom plate with

plastic gland plate
08878
-
Metal gland plate

08879
Plain metal gland plate
Trunking spreader
DD383991
Trunking spreader
Catalogue number
08821
Canopy
DD383933
Canopy for IP31
Catalogue number
Characteristics
08823
The canopy cannot be mounted on the existing top plate.
It therefore comes with a special top plate that must be mounted
in place of the existing top plate.
The existing top plate is remounted at the bottom of the enclosure
to allow cable entry and exit via the bottom.
The addition of a canopy over a wall-mounted or floor-standing
enclosure equipped with a door ensures compliance with the
degree of protection IP31.
Gasket
DD381268
Gasket for IP43
Catalogue number
Characteristics
144
Version : 4.0
08841
When the switchboard is equipped with a canopy, a gasket for the
doors ensures compliance with the degree of protection IP43.
L = 5.3 m
12/04/2013
7-DESW015EN Pack WM
Pack enclosures
Accessories
DD383984
Catalogue number
Characteristics
08817
Set of 2 uprights.
Particularly during transport, it is mandatory to use a set of
combination uprights secured to the rear of the switchboard,
to make the combination more rigid.
Wall mounting
DD384071
Wall mounting
Catalogue number
Characteristics
08803
4 external wall-mounted brackets 08803
Flush-mounting kit
DD381256
Flush-mount kit
Catalogue number
08822
Blanking plates
DD384029
Blanking plates
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
03220
bb Blanking strip
bb H = 46 mm, L = 1 m
03221
bb Divisible
bb Set of 4
bb H = 46 mm, L = 90 mm
7-DESW015EN Pack WM
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
145
Accessories
Spare-parts
Pack enclosures
Cable-tie supports
See page 73
Cable running
See page 72
Earthing braid
The earthing braid is used to earth a door or wicket door with devices.
DD384005
DD384005
08910
The braid is equipped with a 4 mm diameter lug at one end and a
6 mm diameter lug on the other
08911
Equipped with a 5 mm diameter lug at one end and a 6 mm
diameter lug on the other
DD384052
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
Earthing wire, 6 mm2
DD381338
Spare-parts
Front-plate (IP30)
DD384498
4 modules Pack decentered plate

1 front-plate
01264
2 front-plate locking mechanisms
DD384499
4.5 modules Pack decentered plate

1 front-plate
01265
2 front-plate locking mechanisms
Modular rail
Pack modular device rail
01260
DD384506
1 DIN rail 432 mm lenght

2 fixing brackets
Gland plate (IP30)

01020
DD384489
Cut-out gland plate for Pack enclosure
146
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
7-DESW015EN Pack WM
Pack enclosures
Linergy distribution
Distribution and connection in

Pack enclosures with Linergy
DD383294
Presentation
At the head of a switchboard, the incoming device can be supplied by one of the
following:
bb busbars mounted in rear of the enclosure
bb centralised distribution blocks
bb row distribution blocks.
Linergy BW busbars 125 to 160 A
Catalogue number
Pages
04103, 04107, 04104, 04108, 01210, 01201
82
28947, 28948, 04145, 04146, 04147, 04148, 04151, 04152
62, 82
04150, 04158
82
04031, 04149, 04040, 04041, 04045, 04047, 04046
88
LGY112510,
LGY410028, LGYN1007, LGY412548, LGYN12512, LGY412560,
LGYN12515
92, 93
Busbars connections
Accessories
Linergy DX distribution block
Linergy DS distribution block
Linergy FH comb busbars

96 to 100

04008, 04000
94
04239, 04243
72
04257, 04255, 04206, 04265
72
08867
73
Cable straps
Trunking
Cable-tie supports
7-DESW015EN Pack WM
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
147
Dimensions
Pack enclosures
DD381951
DD383987
Wall-mounted enclosures of 2 and 3 rows
Nb. of rows
2
3
480
630
DD383303
DB124231
Wall-mounted enclosures of 4, 5 and 6 rows
Nb. of rows
4
5
6
780
930
1080
DD381956
DD383988
DD381953
Door
148
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
7-DESW015EN Pack WM
Dimensions
Pack enclosures
DD381954
Gland plates
DD382916
Trunking spreader
DD381955
DD380509
Wall-mounted
Nb. of rows
2
3
4
5
6
H1
396
546
696
846
996
H2
546
696
846
996
1146
Supplied modular rail
7-DESW015EN Pack WM
Upper rail in wall-mounted

enclosures of 4, 5 and 6 rows
Version : 4.0
DD383308
DD383306
DD383307
DD383305
DD381957
Rail ref. 03004
12/04/2013
Rail ref. 03003
149

W850,
IP30/31/43/55 e nclosures
Contents
Functional units ......................................................152

Compact NSX100/630 - Compact INS250/630 Horizontal mounting..................................................................152
Incoming devices......................................................................153
NG160, NG125, C120 or iC120 circuit breakers Compact INS40/160 switch-disconnectors ....................................................... 153
Accessories...............................................................154
Reserve space - Front plate, mounting plate .........................154
Distribution...............................................................155
Distribution................................................................................155
Linergy FM..................................................................................156
Quick device feeders......................................................................................... 156
IP30, IP31, IP43....................................................... 157

Floor standing enclosures W850 mm 630 A.............................157
IP55.............................................................................159
Floor standing enclosures W850 mm 630 A.............................159
IP30/31/43 floor-standing enclosures 850 mm wide...........................................................160

Dimensions................................................................................160
IP55 floor-standing enclosures 850 mm wide...........................................................162

Dimensions................................................................................162
10-DESW015EN L850
Version : 1.0
12/04/2013
151
Compact NSX100/630
Compact INS250/630
Horizontal mounting
Functional system
Functional units
Circuit breakers Switch-disconnectors
850
Devices
Mounting plates
Front plate
cut-out
modules]
Direct connection cable
with long terminal shields
Horizontal fixed
DD385291.eps
Mounting
Toggle
Compact NSX100/250
Vigicompact NSX100/250 Compact NSX400
Compact NSX630
03030
03033
03070
03070
03294 [4]
03295 [4]
03289 [6]
03289 [6]
03851 [1]
03853 [3]
03853 [3]



3P: LV429517
4P: LV429518
Maximum size of connection cables: 70 mm.
Horizontal fixed
DD385292.eps
Mounting
850
Devices
Devices
Compact INS400/630
Mounting plates
Front plate
cut-out
modules]
03030
03070
03239 [4]
03287 [6]
03851 [1]
03853 [3]


Linergy BS
Dd381936.eps
Linergy BW insulated busbars

Dd381946.eps
Linergy DP
Dd381945.eps
Distribution
Compact INS250
Compact
NSX250
Compact
INS250
Vigicompact
NSX250
Compact
NSX100/250
Compact
INS250
Compact
NSX400
Compact
NSX630
Compact
INS400/630
Vigicompact
NSX100/250
Rear busbars
3P: 04033
3P: 04033
4P: 04034
4P: 04034
Power supply block
04060
04070
04071
04060
Linergy FM 200 A 3P/4P
04026
04026
04026
04026
04026
04026
04026
Linergy FM connection 4P /
Linergy BW busbars
04021
04021
Linergy FM connection 4P /
Linergy BS busbars
04029
Linergy DP 250
152
Version : 1.0
12/04/2013
10-DESW015EN L850
Functional system
Functional units
Circuit breakers Switch-disconnectors
850
Devices
Supply systems
NG160, NG125, C120 or iC120

circuit breakers
Compact INS40/160
switch-disconnectors
Modular devices
DD385287.eps
Mounting
Incoming devices

All supply systems (Linergy FH, Linergy FM) with cable straps
or trunking
03006
03217 [4]

Supply via 63/80 A Linergy FM or Linergy FH with cable straps
Modular rail
03006
Modular front plate
03216 [3]
[No. of vertical modules]
Note: for a modular row with a 160 A (half row) and Linergy FM 200 A distribution block positioned directly below a non-modular mounting plate (Compact, etc.), or
at the top of a switchboard, add one vertical module (i.e. 4 + 1) and a plain upstream front plate.
850
Circuit breaker
DD385288.eps
Mounting
Devices
NG160, Vigi NG160
Modular rail adjustable (1)
03007 + 2 x 04227
Modular front plate
03218 [5]
(1) To add modular devices to the row, order a raised DIN rail (04227).
Capacity of modular rail: 36 modules (18 mm).
850
Devices
Modular rail adjustable
Modular front plate
Circuit breaker
DD385289.eps
Mounting
NG125, Vigi NG125, C120 or iC120, Vigi C120 or Vigi iC120

03006
03218 [5]
850
Devices
Modular rail adjustable
Modular front plate
Compact INS switch-disconnectors

DD385290.eps
Mounting
INS40/160
03006
03217 [4]
INS100/160 with long terminal shields

03006
03218 [5]
10-DESW015EN L850
Version : 1.0
12/04/2013
153
Accessories
Reserve space
Front plate, mounting plate
Mounting
850

Dd381942.eps
Functional system
Flat slotted mounting plate

[4]
Useful height (mm)
200
Useful width (mm)
440
140
Catalogue numbers
03170
850
DD385285.eps
Reserve space
750 mm wide plain front plate

H = 50 mm
H = 150 mm
H = 200 mm
H = 300 mm
[1]
[3]
[4]
[6]
Catalogue numbers
03851
03853
03854
03856
850
DD381715.eps
Adhesive identification labels
12 divisible label holders, W = 650 mm

Catalogue numbers
H = 24 mm
H = 36 mm
08907
08908
The adhesive label holders are supplied with a paper label and a transparent cover.
154
Version : 1.0
12/04/2013
10-DESW015EN L850
Functional system
Distribution
Distribution
Pages
Linergy BW insulated busbars
82
Linergy BS rear busbars

84
Linergy DX distribution blocks

88
Linergy FM distribution blocks

94
Linergy FH comb busbars

96
Cable running
72
Blanking plates
145
10-DESW015EN L850
Version : 1.0
12/04/2013
155
Linergy FM
Functional system
Distribution
Distribution blocks
4P
DD381674-LIN.eps
Nombre de ples
200 A
Rated conditional short-circuit current of an
assembly
Insulation voltage
Rated voltage
Maximum current
(Ipk)
(Isc)
(Ui)
(Ue)
(Uimp)
(Imax)
Total connection capacity at outgoing terminals

Width
Composition
Installation
References
27 k
The cascading reinforced breaking capacity when combining circuit breakers is maintained.
The worst-case scenarios have been tested.
750 V CA
690 V CA
8 kV
50 A for feeder for 10 mm2 cable/63 A for feeder for 2 10 mm2 cables
50/60 Hz
IPxxB
Direct onto the row by cable 50 mm2 with crimped lug, or flexible bar 20 x 3
From Linergy BW insulated busbar in enclosure or cubicle with connection ref. 04021
From Linergy BS sheathed busbar with connection ref. 04024
From Linergy BS rear busbar with connection ref. 04029
18 connection points for each phase
27 connection points for the neutral
72 9-mm pitches
36 18-mm modules
bb 3 sachets with 12 stripped copper connections 10 mm2 (L = 100 mm).
bb Protective covers for power supply rows (IPxxB).
bb Fixing accessories for power supply rows.
bb Clipped onto the rear of modular rail.
bb Screwed to plain or slotted backplate.
04026
DD383472-LIN.eps
DD383617-LIN.eps
Dd383483.eps
Connections to the distribution block
Allows power supply from
4P 200 A connection
(supplied with fixing accessories)
Linergy BW busbar
4P 200 A connection
Linergy BS sheathed busbar
4P 200 A connection
References
04021
04024
04029
DD384505-LIN.eps
Spare parts
4 covers for 160/200 A Linergy FM rows

References
156
Version : 1.0
01202
12/04/2013
10-DESW015EN L850

W850 mm 630 A
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43
(key 405).
bb Cables can be run on the sides of the plinth (diameter y 140 mm).
08244
08254
Transparent
door (1)
08264
Rear + top and

Plain door (1)
bottom plates (2)
08274
08284
Dd380640.eps
Plain door (1)
Dd380639.eps
Enclosure (2)
Dd380638.eps
Dd380504.eps
Dd380636.eps
No. of vertical
Height
modules of 50mm
inmm
33
1830
(1) See page XX for doors accessories.
(2) See page XX for plain gland plates.
Ducts, width 300 mm
Dd380503.eps
DD385303.eps
Floor standing enclosures, width 850 mm
Transparent
door (1)
08294
Accessories to increase the degree of protection IP
Used with
Catalogue numbers
Designation
Gasket for the door to

increase the IP value from
IP31 to IP43
Dd383526.eps
Dd383525.eps
Canopy to increase the IP value from IP30 to IP31
1 floor standing enclosure W = 850
1 floor standing enclosure + 1 duct

W830 + 300 (1)
08836
08837
The addition of a canopy over a wall-mounted or floor standing enclosure equipped
with a door ensures compliance with the degree of protection IP31.
(1) Whatever the duct position.
Enclosures or a duct from 6 to

33modules
08841 x 2
When the switchboard is equipped with a
canopy, a gasket for the doors ensures
compliance with the degree of protection
IP43.
L = 5.3 m
Multiple combinations and lifting

Two floor-standing enclosures
Dd381238.eps
DD384002b.eps
Floor-standing enclosure + 300 mm

wide duct
Set of two lifting/reinforcement cross-members for

floor-standing enclosure, W = 850 mm + duct, W = 300 mm
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
10-DESW015EN L850
IP30 combination kit for floor-standing enclosures
08809
08815
The combination kit (two combination brackets) is supplied with the duct.
To make the combination more rigid, particularly during transport, it is mandatory to use a set of cross-members secured to the
rear of the switchboard.
Version : 1.0
12/04/2013
157
Prisma G enclosures
IP30, IP31, IP43

W850 mm 630 A
Plain gland plates
DD385302.eps
DB124235.eps
Metal gland plates for plinth
Used with
Between the plinth and the bottom of a floor standing enclosure or

duct, for ensuring IP20
Floor standing enclosure
Duct
08888
Plinth raiser
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
L850
08806
DD385301.eps
DD385304.eps
Dd380633.eps
L300
08807
For a duct
L850
01054
Front plinth

IP30 and IP55 ducts
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
DD381419.eps
IP30 and IP55 enclosures

DD385300.eps
Used for
04336
04332
Metal.
Vertical partitioning
The metal partition creates a physical separation between the device compartment
and a wide duct.
It is used to:
bb separate the devices from busbars or a distribution block installed in the duct,
Floor-standing enclosures and IP30 duct

Dd383509.eps
Used for
Catalogue number
Description
158
Version : 1.0
04330
Can be used for partitioning up to 33-modules.
It can be cut to length every 150 mm.
12/04/2013
10-DESW015EN L850

W850 mm 630 A
Prisma G enclosures
IP55
Height
inmm
1750
Enclosure (2)
08311
Transparent door
Rear + plain door
08340
08349
Dd381528.eps
Dd381390.eps
DD385305.eps
No. of vertical
modules of 50mm
33
Dd381527.eps
Ducts W = 300
Dd381386.eps
Floor standing enclosures W = 850
Top and bottom

plates
08372
Reversible doors (opening to left or right), equipped with a handle and lock (no. 405
key).
Lifting accessories
300
850
Catalogue number
Characteristics
(1) IP30/31.
Dd381238.eps
2 lifting/reinforcement cross-members for floor-standing

enclosure, W = 850 mm + duct, W = 300 mm (1)
08809
The cross-members have holes for lifting.
Plinth
850
Catalogue number
Dd381377.eps
IP55 L = 850, H = 150 mm
08802

Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
Duct IP55 L300

DD381419.eps
850
Floor standing enclosure IP55 L850

Dd383527.eps
Used for
04336
04332
Metal.
IP55 vertical partitioning
850
Catalogue numbers
Characteristics
10-DESW015EN L850
DD383119.eps
IP55 vertical partition for 33-module floor-standing enclosure
08384 x 3
The metal partition creates a physical separation between the device compartment and the 300 mm wide duct of a floor-standing
enclosure. It is used to:
bb separate the devices from busbars or a distribution block installed in the duct
There are knock-outs for cable running.
Version : 1.0
12/04/2013
159
Dimensions
Prisma G enclosures
IP30/31/43 floor-standing
enclosures - 850 mm wide
Door
Dd380527.eps
Dd383092.eps
Dd383091.eps
DD384046.eps
DD384047.eps
850 mm wide enclosure
243
845
Door
243
845
160
305
Dd383094.eps
Dd383093.eps
DD384048.eps
Dd380531.eps
300 mm wide duct
13,5
243
845
Version : 1.0
305
12/04/2013
13,5
10-DESW015EN L850
Prisma G enclosures
IP30/31/43 floor-standing
Dimensions
126
Dd383096.eps
Cable entry for plinths
Dd383095.eps
Top cable entry
122
746
206
200
Wall-mounted
Fixing to floor
Dd383097.eps
DD384049.eps
795
733
195
10,5
766
39,5
79
226
39,5
1880
1788
143,3
Dd383103.eps
Dd383100.eps
Dd383099.eps
174,1
Modular rail
160,8
114,6
50
48,1
157,9
03003.
10-DESW015EN L850
03171/03172/03173/03176/03177/
03178.
Dd383104.eps
03002/03011.
Dd383102.eps
03001/03010.
58
Dd383101.eps
Dd383098.eps
Functional uprights
128,5
03004.
Version : 1.0
141,3
03170/03175.
12/04/2013
161
Dimensions
Prisma G enclosures
IP55 floor-standing
Door
Dd382284.eps
DD384049.eps
Dd382282.eps
Dd382283.eps
850 mm wide enclosure
1880
Door
1788
Dd382292.eps
Dd382289.eps
Dd382291.eps
300 mm wide duct
795
733
162
Version : 1.0
12/04/2013
10-DESW015EN L850
Dimensions
Prisma G enclosures
IP55 floor-standing
Dd382293.eps
Dd382285.eps
Cable entry
Dd382287.eps
Dd382290.eps

Modular rail
Dd382297.eps
Dd382296.eps
Dd382294.eps
Functional uprights
Dd382300.eps
Fixing to floor
Dd383098.eps
03001.
174,1
03002.
Dd382301.eps
Dd382286.eps
Wall-mounted
143,3
58
03003.
03004.
Dd382295.eps
Dd382299.eps
Slotted mounting
plate
Dd382302.eps
03171/03172/03173/03176/
03177/03178.
03170/03175.
10-DESW015EN L850
Version : 1.0
12/04/2013
163
Additional
information
Additional information
Contents
Electrical characteristics......................................166
Designing Prisma power circuits..................................................166
Presentation and approach................................................................................ 166
Designing connections y 630 A....................................................167

Device connections............................................................................................ 167
Compact circuit breakers NSX100 to 630.......................................................... 168
Incoming connection block and power supply block on Linergy BW busbars..... 169
Designing connections withcables..............................................170

Tubular lugs....................................................................................................... 171
Designing the PEN conductor......................................................172

Power circuit...................................................................................................... 172
Connection of power cables.........................................................173
Standards.................................................................. 174
Standards....................................................................................174
Enclosure characteristics.....................................179
Selection of enclosures according to the premises......................179
Properties of metal enclosures....................................................186
Thermal characteristics........................................ 187

Thermal management ofswitchboards........................................187
General.............................................................................................................. 187
Comparative method......................................................................................... 189
Example............................................................................................................. 191
Charts................................................................................................................ 192
Ventilation.......................................................................................................... 193
Heating.............................................................................................................. 194
Practical information.............................................195
Tools required for mounting andconnection ................................195
8-DESW015EN addi Info
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
165
PD390311
Prisma G takes into account the

installation and connection conditions of
Schneider Electric devices.
The entire installation complies with standard
IEC61439-1 and 2. The result is a type tested
switchboard.
Designing Prisma power circuits

Presentation and approach
In the following pages you will find a number of examples, validated for Prisma
switchboards, intended to assist in determining the busbars as well as the upstream
and downstream connections for the installation.
The examples assume that the devices have already been selected.
A complete process involves a number of steps before making final choices
(transformer, conductors, protection, etc.).
Schneider Electric offers a number of tools to assist in designing a complete
installation (technical guides, software).
Busbar sizing
The factors that must be taken into account in determining the size of busbars
include:
bb the diversity factor.
Not all the loads supplied by a set of busbars are used at full rated load or at the
same time. The diversity factor is the means to determine the maximum load current
used to size the busbars.
Standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 4.7 specifies the table below:
Number of circuits
Rated diversity factor (RDF)
2 and 3
4 and 5
6 and 9
10 and more
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
bb the degree of protection IP.

bb the ambient temperature around the switchboard.
Supply of devices for outgoers y 630 A
Flexible copper bars with an insulating cover.

To determine the required sizes for flexible bars, see the tables starting on
> see page 167 which indicate the correct size for each type of connected device.
bb an insulated flexible bar (not connected) must meet standards IEC 60243-1,
(dielectric, > see page 167), NFC 32201 (insulation) and IEC 60332-1 (fire)
bb a flexible bar connected to a device in an enclosure must comply with standard
IEC61439-1 and 2.
Cables
To determine the cables required, see the tables. on > see page 170.
They can be used to determine:
bb the size of cables as a function of:
vv the circuit breaker rating
vv the current
vv the ambient temperature around the switchboard
bb the permissible current for individually tied cables or touching cables as
a function of:
vv the size of the cables
vv the degree of protection for the switchboard.
Easy design with
Rapsody
software
> see page 25
166
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Designing connections y 630 A

Device connections
Flexible copper bars with an insulating sheath

Switchboards that comply with standard IEC 61439-1 and 2
It is imperative to use the values indicated below that have been validated for the
installation of devices in Prisma switchboards.
The parameters determining the size of flexible bars are:
bb the environment in which the devices are installed:
vv position in the enclosure
vv dimensions of other conductors in the circuit
vv ambient temperature around the switchboard
bb the characteristics of the connected devices:
vv device heat losses
vv the type of installation (horizontal or vertical)
vv the type of device (fixed or withdrawable).
Only the equipment manufacturer with in-depth knowledge on:
bb the characteristics of the installed devices
bb the configuration of the installation in the enclosure can provide the correct sizes
of flexible bars for a given permissible current.
Insulated, flexible bars make for easy, fast and flexible implementation up to 630 A,
but higher ratings require sizes that cancel these advantages.
For high Isc values, it is advised to use rigid bars which require fewer supports.
Insulated flexible bars are better than cables, they offer:
bb better insulation temperature withstand (125 C for bars, 105 C for cables) and a
larger exchange surface for an equivalent size, i.e. a smaller size for a given current
bb greater rigidity offering better electrodynamic characteristics for short-circuit
currents
bb no intermediate parts (lugs) for a direct connection between the device and the
busbars therefore less temperature rise and less risk of error
bb fast implementation of prefabricated connections already cut to length, formed
and drilled.
Technical characteristics
bb thickness of the insulation: variable depending on the bar size, 2 mm on average
bb rated insulation level Ui = 1000 V
bb impulse withstand voltage Uimp = 12 kV
bb maximum withstand temperature of insulating material = 125 C.
Connection
In all enclosures with IP y 55

bb the switchboard internal temperature is 60 C
bb the withstand temperature of the insulating material is 125 C.
If the withstand temperature of the insulation is only 105 C, use the next largest
flexible bar.
The bar sizes (S) indicated below take into account the derating curves of devices.
Connection of devices and distribution blocks to busbars

Device
INS125
INS160
INS250
S (mm)
Device
20 x 2
20 x 2
20 x 3
NSX250 (1) NSX400 (1) NSX630
S (mm)
20 x 3
32 x 5
32 x 8
INS320
INS400
32 x 5
INF250
ISFT250
24 x 5
INS500
INS630
32 x 6
INF400
ISFT400
32 x 5
NSX100 (1) NSX160 (1)

20 x 2
INF630
ISFT630
32 x 8
20 x 3
(1) The values for circuit breakers apply to contactors with the same ratings.
To connect a Compact NSX250 to Linergy BW busbars, use a 24 x 5 mm flexible bar

(04746).
Device
S (mm)
Linergy FM distribution
block (200 A)
20 x 3
Disconnectors, terminal blocks, connections, busbars to

busbars
I max. (60 C)
S (mm)
200 A
20 x 2
250 A
20 x 3
400 A
24 x 5
400 A
24 x 5
480 A
24 x 6
520 A
32 x 5
580 A
32 x 6
660 A
32 x 8
Note: the values indicated above have been validated for Prisma switchboards.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
167
Compact circuit breakers NSX100 to 630
Compact NSX100 to NSX250

Insulated flexible copper bars
Devices
Rated current of a circuit Inc (A)

Ambient temperature around the switchboard
IP y 55
NSX100
TMD-TMG
NSX125
TMD-TMG
NSX160 (1)
TMD-TMG
NSX250 (1)
TMD-TMG
NSX100
STR
NSX160
STR
NSX250 (2)
STR
Size per phase

Inc (A)
Size per phase
Inc (A)
Size per phase
Inc (A)
Size per phase
Inc (A)
Size per phase
Inc (A)
Size per phase
Inc (A)
Size per phase
Inc (A)
25 C
30 C
35 C
40 C
45 C
50 C
20 x 2
100
20 x 2
125
20 x 3
160
20 x 3
250
20 x 2
100
20 x 3
160
20 x 3
250
20 x 2
97.5
20 x 2
122
20 x 3
156
20 x 3
244
20 x 2
100
20 x 3
160
20 x 3
250
20 x 2
95
20 x 2
119
20 x 3
152
20 x 3
238
20 x 2
100
20 x 3
160
20 x 3
237.5
20 x 2
92.5
20 x 2
116
20 x 3
147
20 x 3
231
20 x 2
100
20 x 3
160
20 x 3
237.5
20 x 2
90
20 x 2
113
20 x 3
144
20 x 3
225
20 x 2
100
20 x 3
160
20 x 3
225
20 x 2
85
20 x 2
100
20 x 3
140
20 x 3
198
20 x 2
100
20 x 3
160
20 x 3
225
(1) For a withdrawable NSX160 or NSX250 equipped with a Vigi or an insulation-monitoring

module, multiply the In values by 0.9.
(2) For a withdrawable NS250 equipped with a Vigi or an insulation-monitoring module, multiply
the In values by 0.86.

Insulated flexible copper bars
Devices

25 C
30 C
35 C
40 C
45 C
50 C
Size per phase

Inc (A)
Size per phase
Inc (A)
Size per phase
Inc (A)
Size per phase
Inc (A)
Size per phase
32 x 5
400
32 x 5
400
32 x 5
400
32 x 6
630
32 x 8
32 x 5
400
32 x 5
390
32 x 5
390
32 x 6
615
32 x 8
32 x 5
400
32 x 5
380
32 x 5
380
32 x 6
600
32 x 8
32 x 5
390
32 x 5
370
32 x 5
370
32 x 6
585
32 x 8
32 x 5
380
32 x 5
360
32 x 5
360
32 x 6
570
32 x 8
32 x 5
370
32 x 5
350
32 x 5
350
32 x 6
550
32 x 8
Inc (A)
570
550
535
520
505
490
IP y 55
NSX400B/F/N/H/S/L
fixed
NSX400B/F/N/H/S/L
with Vigi
NSX400B/F/N/H/S/L
withdrawable
NSX630B/F/N/H/S/L
fixed
NSX630B/F/N/H/S/L
with Vigi or
withdrawable
168
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Incoming connection block and power

supply block on Linergy BW busbars
Horizontal mounting
Determining the permissible current of NSX100 to NSX630 connection and power

supply blocks as a function of the ambient temperature around the switchboard and
their IP degree of protection.
Device

25 C
30 C
35 C
40 C
45 C
50 C
IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31
NSX100
TMD-TMG
Incoming connection
block
via the top
04066 100
via the bottom
04067
Incoming connection
block
via the top
04066 100
via the bottom
04067
Incoming connection
block
via the top
04066 160
via the bottom
04067
Incoming connection
block
via the top
04066 160
via the bottom
04067
Incoming connection
block
via the top
04066 238
via the bottom
04067
NSX400B/F/
N/H/S/L fixed
NSX630B/F/
N/H/S/L fixed
Incoming connection
block
via the top
04066 250
via the bottom
04067
Power supply block
04060
Incoming connection
block
04076 400
Power supply block
04070
Incoming connection
block
04076 570
Power supply block
04071
b connection not possible.
97
87
95
85
92
bb
100
100
97
100
95
100
92
100
90
97
bb
152
160
147
160
144
156
140
152
136
147
bb
160
160
156
160
152
160
147
160
144
156
bb
213
231
207
225
200
219
193
213
185
207
bb
219
245
213
238
207
225
200
219
193
213
bb
360
390
350
380
340
370
330
360
320
350
bb
520
555
505
540
490
525
470
510
450
495
bb
04060
Power supply block

NSX250STR
90
04060
Power supply block

NSX250
TMD-TMG
100
04060
Power supply block

NSX160STR
92
04060
Power supply block

NSX160
TMD-TMG
100
04060
Power supply block

NSX100STR
95
The indicated performance characteristics are valid for:

bb Compact NSX100/160/250/400 circuit breakers used as incoming or
outgoing devices
bb Compact NSX630 circuit breakers used as incoming device.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
169
withcables
Cables
Practical guidelines
Schneider Electric provides cabling recommendations according to the rating

of the circuit breaker.
The size of cables must be selected according to:
bb the level of current
bb the ambient temperature around the conductors
bb the degree of protection for the switchboard.
The tables below take into account the installation conditions for each type of
device (permissible temperature at connection terminals, etc.).
They follow the temperature derating values for installed devices in all enclosures
with cover panels rated IP y 55.
bb switchboard internal temperature 60 C
bb connections using copper cables.
For Prisma G, the volumes, ratings and connection lengths are low.
Select the values in the Cables tied together column, according to the IP.
Connection of circuit breakers

Size of
cables
(mm)
1.5
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
35
50
70
95
Permissible current (A)

Cables tied individually
IP y 31
IP > 31
16
25
32
40
63
90
110
135
180
230
275
14
25
29
39
55
77
100
125
150
190
230
Cable tied together

IP y 31
IP > 31
14
22
28
36
55
80
100
125
12
20
24
33
50
70
93
120
Connection of other devices

Size of
cables
(mm)
1.5
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
35
50
70
95
Permissible current (A)

Cables tied individually
IP y 31
IP > 31
13
23
28
36
55
80
100
120
165
210
250
12
21
26
35
50
70
90
115
135
176
210
Cable tied together

IP y 31
IP > 31
12
20
25
32
50
72
90
110
10
19
22
30
46
63
84
103
Connection of NSX100 to 630 A

Device
Size (mm)
NSX100
NSX160
NSX250
25
50
95
Note: Schneider Electric recommends connecting NSX400/630 circuit breakers with insulated
flexible bars or rigid bars.
> see page 167
170
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
withcables
Tubular lugs
Tubular lugs for incoming connection blocks
Maximum size of lugs for connection to the different incoming connection blocks.
Standard Cu
lugs
Narrow Cu
lugs
Narrow
bimetal lugs
Incoming connection block for NSX-INS250

supplied via the top or bottom, cat. no. 04066 and
04067
150 mm
240 mm
185 mm
In-duct incoming connection block for NSX630,

cat. no. 04076
240 mm
300 mm
300 mm
Narrow bimetal lugs

DD382788
Catalogue numbers selection

Catalogue numbers
Cable size (mm)
Quantity
150
150
185
185
240
240
300
300
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
Lugs for aluminium cable(1)

29504
29505
29506
29507
32504
32505
32506
32507
(1) Supplied with 2 or 3 interphase barriers.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
171
Designing the PEN conductor

Power circuit
Size of PEN protective conductor

The size of the PEN is determined in the same manner as a neutral conductor, i.e.:
bb for copper single-phase circuits or sized y 16mm, it must be the same size as
the phase conductors
bb for copper three-phase circuits sized > 16 mm, it can be:
vv the same size as the phase conductors
vv smaller on the condition that:
-- the current likely to flow in the neutral during normal operation is less than the
permissible current for the conductor
-- the power rating of single-phase loads does not exceed 10% of the total rating.
The conductor must be accessible to enable connections both in the factory and
on site, as well as checks on the tightness of connections.
Implementing the PEN protective conductor

According to standard IEC 61439-1 and 2, the practical guidelines for implementing
the PEN are the following:
bb at the entry to the assembly, the PEN connection must be next to the phase
connections
bb within the assembly, the PEN does not need to be insulated from the exposed
conductive parts (except on sites where there is a risk of fire or explosion)
bb the size of the conductor must be at least equal to that of the neutral
bb the size must remain constant throughout the main busbars
bb the change from a TNC to a TNS system must take place at a single point in the
switchboard, via a marked neutral-disconnection bar that is accessible and can be
dismantled to facilitate the impedance measurement of the fault loop
bb after the TNS creation point, it is forbidden to recreate a TNC system.
The PE and the neutral must meet their specific requirements.
172
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Connection of power cables
bb To ensure protection of persons, first connect the switchboard protective

conductor to the earth electrode.
bb Tie the cables as close as possible to the connections to avoid any mechanical
stresses on the device terminals. When not using cable glands, also attach the
cables near to the cubicle entry point.
bb Cables must never be in contact with or passed between live conductors.
bb Sharp edges of the framework must be protected where cables pass to avoid
damaging the conductors.
bb Comply with a minimum radius of curvature of 6 to 8 times the cable outside
diameter.
bb All power connections must be made with class 8.8 mounting hardware and
elastic contact washers, tightened to the torque indicated in the table below.
bb When connecting aluminium cables to copper terminals, use bimetal lugs or
interfaces.
bb Separate the different types of circuits into separate cable bundles (power, control,
48 V, 24 V, DC, AC, etc).
Cable bundles
Cable cross-sectional area
(mm )
CSA y 10
16 < CSA y 50
CSA u 50
Max. number of cables per bundle

8
4
Tie individually
Tying the cable bundles

Type of tie
Width: 4.5 mm
Load: 22 kg
Width: 9 mm
Load: 80 kg
Maximum Icw
(kA/rms 1s)
10
15
20
20
25
35
45
Distance between ties

(mm)
200
100
50
350
200
100
70
For cable sizes of 50 mm or more, use 9 mm wide fixing ties.

Recommended tightening torque for mechanical and electrical connections with
8.8 class screws.
Diameter of screw
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
Version : 4.0
Tightening torque (Nm)

(with nut + contact washer)
1.5
3.5
7
13
28
50
75
12/04/2013
173
Standards
Standards
What is a standard?
A common reference
"A standard helps to define a common language between economic stakeholders

(producers, users and consumers), to clarify and harmonize practices and to define
the levels of quality, safety, compatibility, and least environmental impact of products,
services and practices.
Standards facilitate trade, both national and international, and help to better
structure the economy and facilitate the everyday life of everyone."
Afnor definition
IEC international standards
The IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) is a worldwide organisation for

standardisation comprising all national electrotechnical committees (IEC National
Committees).
The object of the IEC is to promote international cooperation on all questions
concerning standardisation in the electrical and electronic fields.
To that end, the IEC publishes International Standards.
Their preparation is entrusted to technical committees and any IEC National
Committee interested in the subject dealt with may participate in the preparatory
work.
National standards
In Europe
The IEC documents are first studied by CENELEC, which establishes:
bb either a European standard (EN), often identical to the IEC standard, which then
becomes the applicable national standard in all the member countries
bb or, in the event of differences, a harmonisation document (HD).
Other IEC member countries
Each country is autonomous and can accept the IEC standard as the national
standard, with or without modifications.
Even though they are IEC members, countries such as Japan and the United States
continue to develop their own standardisation systems.
DD383972
Countries without a standardisation system

It is possible to refer to an IEC standard in the framework of a project.
Worldwide
Other IEC
member
countries
Countries
CEI / IEC
Commission Electrotechnique Internationale
CENELEC
Comit Europen de Normalisation ELECtrotechnique
UTE
Union Technique de llectricit
VDE
Verband der Elektrotechnik, Elektronik und Informationstechnik
e.v. (German electrotechnical, electronics and computer
technology standardisation organisation)
BSI
British Standards Institution
174
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Standards
Standards
The different types of standards
Management standards
DD381776
DD381775
There are different types of standards, including:

bb management standards
bb installation standards
bb product standards.
ISO 9004: Quality-management systems - guidelines for performance

improvements. Used in setting up a quality-management system.
ISO 9001: Quality management systems - requirements. Used for certification
audits.
Switchgear and controlgear
assemblies.
ISO 14004: Environmental-management systems. General guidelines on the

principles, systems and supporting techniques.
ISO 14001: Environmental-management systems. Specification with guidance for
use.
DD381778
DD381777
Design and manufacture.
The majority of Schneider Electric development centres and factories are certified
ISO 9001 and ISO 14001.
Low voltage installation standards

Switchgear and controlgear.
Installation.
The set of IEC 60364 standards defines the main principles and rules for the design
and the mounting of the electrical installation:
bb determining general characteristics of installations
bb protection
bb selection and installation of equipment
bb verification and maintenance of installations.
Switchgears standards
They apply to devices or assemblies and are aimed at ensuring correct operation
and safety of the concerned products:
bb standards on low-voltage switchgear and controlgear:
vv IEC 60947-1: general rules
vv IEC 60947-2: circuit breakers
vv IEC 60947-3: switches and disconnectors
vv IEC 60947-4: contactors
vv IEC 62208: empty enclosures.
bb The IEC 61439 switchboard standard
The IEC 61439 standard:
vv characterizes the electrical switchboard and specifies the design, construction
and verification rules
vv describes in detail all low-voltage switchgear and controlgear: definitions,
technical characteristics, conditions of use, and construction and verification
requirements
vv applies to power switchgear and controlgear assemblies (PSC assemblies) whose
rated voltage does not exceed 1000 V in alternating current or 1500 V in direct
current.
Regulations in a given country may make certain standards legally binding and may
also create additional safety requirements.
In addition to providing proof of the conformity of its quality-management system,
a product manufacturer can demonstrate the quality of products by providing proof
that the design and manufacture comply with the requirements in the applicable
standard.
Proof of conformity may be a declaration by the manufacturer or a certificate
supplied by an independent organisation.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
175
Standards
Standards
Enclosure standards
Standard IEC 62208 lay down definitions, classifications, characteristics and test
requirements for enclosures used for switchgear and controlgear assemblies.
They apply to empty enclosures before installation of the devices by the
panelbuilder, as supplied by the manufacturer.
They apply to one-piece enclosures and to enclosures supplied in kit form.
Type tests of standard IEC 62208

1 - Static load
2 - Hoisting
3 - Axial loads of metal inserts
4 - IK code
5 - IP code
6 - Thermal stability
7 - Resistance to heat
8 - Resistance to abnormal heat and to fire
9 - Dielectric strength
10 - Protective-circuit continuity
11 - Weather resistance
12 - Corrosion resistance
13 - Marking
e marking
e marking is a regulatory symbol attributed under the sole responsibility of the

manufacturer and intended for the verification authorities of the European countries
that enforce the European regulations.
It allows free circulation of a product in the European Union and certifies that it
complies with the basic requirements in all the applicable European directives.
e marking is not a quality symbol and does not indicate conformity with a standard
The e declaration is intended exclusively for the authorities in charge of verifying
compliance with the applicable regulations and it is drafted, signed and held for
presentation to the authorities by the manufacturer.
For the Prisma range, the declaration is the responsibility of the Schneider Electric
unit that has designed and developed the product.
For LV switchboards, the declaration is the responsibility of the panelbuilder.
The following products receive e marking:
bb all products that are liable to endanger the safety of persons, animals and property
(LV directive)
bb all products likely to emit electromagnetic disturbances above a standardised
threshold or to be disturbed during operation (EMC directive).
Consequences:
bb the Prisma range falls under the LV directive only
bb LV switchboards are covered by the LV directive and may also fall under the EMC
directive, depending on the type of devices incorporated.
e
176
For the Prisma range, e marking is applied:

bb on the packing of "mechanical" components
bb on the product itself for "electrical" components.
For the LV assemblies created by the panelbuilder, e marking is applied:
bb on the packing
bb on the rating plate (if applicable)
bb on one of the documents accompanying the switchboard when it is shipped.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Standards
Standards
Standard IEC 60364-5-51 lists and codifies a large number of external influences
to which electrical installations can be subjected, including the presence of water,
solid objects, shocks, vibrations, corrosive substances, etc.
IP code
Standard IEC 60529 (IP code, February 2001) indicates the degrees of protection
provided by an enclosure for electrical devices against access to hazardous parts,
against penetration of solid foreign objects and against penetration of water.
These standards do not apply for the protection against the risks of explosion
or conditions such a humidity, corrosive vapour, fungus or vermin.
The IP code is made up of two characteristic numerals and can include an additional
letter when the actual protection for persons against access to the hazardous parts
is better than that indicated by the first numeral.
The first numeral characterises the protection provided against the ingress of solid
foreign objects and the protection of persons. The second numeral characterises
the protection provided against the ingress of water with harmful effects.
Version : 4.0
Protected against
vertically dripping
water (condensation)
Protected against
dripping water up to
15 from vertical
Protected against
spraying water up to
60 from vertical
Protected against
splashing water from
all directions
Protected against
water jets from all
directions
Protected against
powerful water jets
from all directions
Protected against the

effects of temporary
immersion in water
Protected against the

effects of continuous
immersion in water
12/04/2013
DD381971
DD381970
DD381969
DD381968
DD381967
DD381966
DD381972
Dust tight
2nd numeral
Protection against ingress of water
DD381973
Protected against
access with a wire
DD381959
Protected against dust

(dust protected)
DD381963
Protected against
access with a wire
DD381961
Protection against
solid foreign objects
larger than 1 mm
DD381962
4 Protected against
access with a wire
Protection against
larger than 2.5 mm
DD381964
Protection against
larger than 12.5 mm
DD381965
Protected against
access with a tool
DD381959
DD381960
2 Protected against
access with a finger
DD381961
Protection against
larger than 50 mm
DD381962
Protected against
access with back of
hand
DD381962
Protection against ingress of solid

objects
DD381962
1st numeral
Protection of persons
177
Standards
Standards
Additional letter
The additional letter is used only if the actual protection of persons is higher than that
indicated by the first characteristic numeral of the IP code.
Additional letter
Protection
A
B
C
D
A Protected against access with back of hand

B Protected against access with a 12 mm diameter finger
C Protected against access with a 2.5 mm diameter tool
D Protected against access with a 1 mm diameter wire
If only the protection of persons is of interest, the two characteristic numerals are
replaced by the letter "X", e.g. IPXXB.
Illustration of the above explanations:

Protection against solid foreign objects
larger than 2.5 mm
IP30D
No protection
Protected against access
with a 1 mm diameter wire
Remarks
bb The degree of protection IP must always be read and understood numeral by
numeral and not as a whole.
For example, an IP31 wall-mount enclosure is suitable for an environment that
requires a minimum degree of protection IP21. However an IP30 wall-mount
enclosure is not suitable.
bb the degrees of protection indicated in this catalogue are valid for the enclosures as
presented. However, the indicated degree of protection is guaranteed only when
installation and device mounting are carried out in accordance with professional
standards that conserve the initial degree of protection.
IK code
Standard IEC 62262 defines an IK code characterising the capacity of products to

resist mechanical impacts from all sides.
IK code
Impact energy (joules)
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
0.14
0.2
0.35
0.5
0.7
1
2
5
10
20
IK codes can be selected according to the risks of impacts on a given site.
178
Site
Recommended IK
No risk of major impact
Technical premises
07
Significant risk of impact that

can damage devices
Hallways
08 (switchboard with door)
Maximum risk of impact that

can damage the switchboard
Workshops
10
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Selection of enclosures
according to the premises
Enclosure characteristics
The IP and IK degrees of protection provided by an enclosure must be specified as

a function of the various external influences defined by standard IEC 30364-5-51,
in particular:
bb presence of foreign solid bodies (code AE)
bb presence of water (code AD)
bb mechanical stress (code not specified)
bb capability of persons (code BA)
bb ...
Prisma switchboards are designed for indoor installation.
Unless the rules, standards and regulations of a specific country stipulate otherwise,
Schneider Electric recommends the following IP and IK values based on French
guide UTE C 15-103 (March 2004).
Using the table
1 Opposite the relevant premises, read the recommended IP and IK values.

The b symbol indicates the enclosure or cubicle satisfying the criteria of the UTE
2
guide.
Any enclosure or cubicle with a higher degree of protection can also be used.
3
If several degrees of protection are possible (refer to the standard for more
details) and the v and b symbols are indicated (e.g. 24v/25b), enclosures that
correspond to the higher degree of protection (b) are suitable for the lower
degree of protection (v).
Example:
Selection of an enclosure for a laundry room.
Minimum degree of protection: IP21/IK02
A wall-mounted enclosure with a door (plain or transparent), a canopy and a gasket
offer IP43/IK08 degrees of protection and are therefore suitable for this application.
Type of premises
Enclosures
Wall-mounted
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy
with door + canopy +

gasket
Floor-standing
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy
IP30/IK07
IP30/IK08
IP31/IK08
with door + canopy+

gasket
IP43/IK08
Min. IP/IK
required
IP
IK
Domestic or comparable premises or locations
24
07
Porch
IP55
IP55/IK10
bb
Bathrooms (see washrooms)

Bicycles, motorcycles, tricycles, etc.
(premises for)
20
07
bb
Water, sewer and heating

connections
23
02
Laundries
21
02
Cellars, garages, furnace rooms
20
02/07
bb
Bedrooms
20
02
bb
Trash rooms
25
07
Halls in cellars
20
07
Courtyards
24/25
02/07
Kitchens
20
02
bb
Indoor stairways and alleys
20
02/07
bb
Outdoor stairways and outdoor

alleys without roofs
24
07
Outdoor alleys with roofs
21
02
Attics (roof space)
20
02
Garden shelters
24/25
02/07
Latrines
20
02
Dustbin rooms
25
02/07
Ironing room
20
02
Access ramps to garages
25
07
bb
bb
bb
bb
Shower rooms (see washrooms)
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
N/A
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
179
Type of premises
Washrooms, rooms
containing a bathtub
or shower
Enclosures
volume 0
Wall-mounted
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy

gasket
Floor-standing
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy
IP30/IK07
IP30/IK08
IP31/IK08

gasket
IP43/IK08
Min. IP/IK
required
IP
IK
27
02
volume 1
24
02
volume 2
23
02
volume 3
21
02
Lounges, living rooms, etc
20
02
IP55
IP55/IK10
bb
bb
bb
bb
Drying rooms
21
02
Covered terraces
21
02
WCs
20
02
bb
Verandas
20
02
bb
Crawl spaces
23
07
bb
bb
Commercial premises and adjoining areas

Gunsmiths (storage area, workshop) 30
08
Laundries (wash room)
24
07
Butchers
shop
24
07
cold room:
y -10 C
23
07
Bakers, cake shops (kitchens)
50
07
Coffee roasters
21
02
Coal, wood, oil
20
08
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
b
bb
Delicatessen (production)
24
07
Sweets (production)
20
02
bb
bb
Shoe repair shops
20
02
Dairies
24
02
Hardware stores (storage areas

for chemicals and paint)
33
07
Wood workers
50
07
Art galleries
20
02/07
Florists
24
07
Furriers
20
07
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
Fruit and vegetable merchants
24
07
bb
Grain shops
50
07
bb
Bookshops, stationers
20
02
Motorcycle and bicycle repairs

and accessories
20
08
bb
Messenger services
20
08
Furniture shops (antiques,

secondhand)
20
07
bb
Glass and mirror merchants

(workshop)
20
07
bb
Wallpaper shop (storage area)
20
07
bb
Cosmetics shop (storage area)
20
02
bb
Chemists (storage area)
20
02
bb
Photographers (dark room)
23
02
Plumbers (storage area)
20
08
bb
bb
bb
bb
Fishmongers
25
07
Dry cleaners
23
02
Hardware stores (without paint,

chemicals, etc.)
20
07
Locksmiths
20
07v/08b vv
Vintners, spirits
20
07
Interior decorator (carding)
50
07
Tailors, clothing retailers

(storage area)
20
02
Pet care
35
07
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
N/A
180
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Type of premises
Enclosures
Wall-mounted
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy
with door + canopy + IP55

gasket
Floor-standing
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy
IP30/IK08
IP31/IK08

gasket
IP43/IK08
IP55/IK10
Min. IP/IK
required
IP
IK
Buildings open to the general public
Shared premises of
storage rooms
buildings open to the packing rooms
general public
archive rooms
IP30/IK07
20
08
20
08
bb
20
02
bb
film and magnetic

media storage
20
02
bb
linen rooms
20
02
bb
laundry rooms
24
07
misc. shops
21
07/08
bb
bb
bb
kitchens (large)
J
Reception old and handicapped

people
20
02
bb
Lecture halls,
halls
meeting rooms, stage areas
auditoriums,
scenery storage
halls used for
several purposes rooms
costume rooms
20
02/07
bb
20
08
bb
20
08
bb
20
07
Retail premises, sales premises

shopping malls areas for storage
and handling of
packing
20
08
bb
20
08
bb
Restaurants and cafes
20
08
Hotels and boarding houses
20
02
bb
Dance halls and gaming parlours
20
07
bb
Teaching
classrooms
establishments, dormitories
holiday camps
20
02
bb
20
08
Libraries and documentation centres
Exhibitions
Healthcare
establishments
bb
bb
bb
20
02
bb
halls and rooms
20
02
bb
areas for reception

of equipment and
merchandise
20
07
bb
bedrooms
20
02
bb
incineration
21
07/08
operating rooms
20
07
centralised
sterilisation
24
02/07
bb
bb
bb
pharmacies and labs 21v/23b 02v/07b

with more than 10 l of
inflammable liquids
vv
Places of worship
20
02
bb
Administrative premises, banks
20
02
bb
Indoor sports
facilities
20
07v/08b vv
halls
premises containing 21
refrigeration facilities
08
02
Museums
20
PA
Covered open air facilities
23v/25b 08v/10b
CTS Marquees and tents
44
08
SG Inflatable structures
44
08
PS
21
08v/10b
Covered parking lots
bb
bb
bb
bb
vv
bb
bb
bb
vv
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
bb
181
Type of premises
Enclosures
Wall-mounted
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy

gasket
Floor-standing
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy
IP30/IK07
IP30/IK08
IP31/IK08

gasket
IP43/IK08
Min. IP/IK
required
IP
IK
Technical premises
Battery rooms
23
02/07
Lifts (machine rooms and pulley

rooms)
20
07v/08b vv
Electrical rooms
20
07
bb
Control rooms
20
02
bb
Workshops
21v/23b 07v/08b
vv
bb
Laboratories
21v/23b 02v/07b
vv
bb
Air conditioning washers
24
07
Garages (used exclusively

for parking vehicles)
of an area not exceeding 100 m2
21
07
bb
Machine rooms
31
07/08
bb
Water pressurisers
23
07/08
IP55
IP55/IK10
bb
bb
bb
bb
Boiler houses and adjoining premises (power in excess of 70 kW)

Boiler rooms
Fuel
storage areas
coal fuel
51v/61b 07v/08b
other fuel
21
07/08
bb
vv
electrical
21
07/08
bb
coal
50v/60b 08
oil
20
07v/08b vv
bb
liquefied gas
bb
vv
20
07v/08b vv
Cinder tips
50
08
Pump rooms
21v/23b 07v/08b
Pressure reduction rooms (gas)
20
Steam or hot water facilities

Expansion vessel rooms
bb
vv
bb
21v/23b 07v/08b
vv
bb
21
bb
07v/08b vv
bb
02
Garages and car parks of an area exceeding 100 m2

Parking lots
21
07v/10b
Carwash areas (inside premises)
25
07
Petrol stations
21
07
inside
vv
bb
bb
bb
outside
Lubrication areas
23
08
bb
Battery recharging areas
23
07
bb
Workshops
21
08
bb
Public building (other than for the general public)

Offices
20
02
bb
Libraries
20
02
bb
Archives
20
02
bb
Computer rooms
20
02
bb
Design offices
20
02
bb
Rooms containing reprographic

machines
20
02
bb
Sorting rooms
20
07
bb
Refectories in restaurants
or canteens
21
07
Sports rooms
20
07v/08b vv
Barracks
20
07
bb
bb
Large kitchens
Meeting rooms
20
02
bb
Waiting rooms, lounges, halls
20
02
bb
Medical consulting rooms, not fitted

with specific equipment
20
02
bb
02/07
bb
Demonstration and exhibition rooms 20
bb
N/A
182
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Type of premises
Enclosures
Wall-mounted
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy
with door + canopy + IP55

gasket
Floor-standing
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy
IP30/IK07
IP30/IK08
IP31/IK08

gasket
IP43/IK08
IP55/IK10
Min. IP/IK
required
IP
IK
Farm premises or locations
Alcohol (storage)
23
07
Closed cattle sheds
35
07
bb
Laundries
24
07
bb
bb
Wood storage rooms
30
10
bb
Threshing floors
50
07
bb
Distilling cellars
23
07
bb
Vat rooms (wine)
23
07
bb
Courtyards
35
07
bb
Poultry barns
35
07
bb
Stables
35
07
bb
Fertiliser (storage)
50
07
bb
Stables
35
07
bb
Manure heaps
24
07
bb
Haylofts
50
07
bb
Haystacks, forage (storage)
50
07
bb
Granaries, barns
50
07
bb
Straw (storage)
50
07
bb
Greenhouses
23
07
Grain silos
50
07
bb
bb
Milking rooms
35
07
bb
Pig sties
35
07
bb
Chicken houses
35
07
bb
Miscellaneous installations
Fair facilities
33
08
Water treatment facilities
24/25
07/08
bb
bb
Thermodynamic installations, air-conditioned rooms and cold rooms

25
07
Height above from 0 to 1.10 m
ground
24
07
from 1.10 to 2 m
above 2 m under
evaporator or water
drain pipe
21
07
ceiling and up to
10cm underneath
23
07
Temperature y -10 C
23
07
Compressor room
21
08
34
integral unit located
outside or on a terrace
08
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
N/A
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
183
Type of premises
Enclosures
Wall-mounted
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy

gasket
Floor-standing
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy
IP30/IK07
IP30/IK08
IP31/IK08

gasket
IP43/IK08
Min. IP/IK
required
IP
IK
Industrial facilities
Slaughter houses
Batteries (manufacture)
Acid (manufacture and storage)
Alcohol (manufacture and storage)
Aluminium (manufacture and
storage)
Livestock (raising, fattening and sale)
Asphalt and bitumen storage
Wool beating and carding
Industrial laundry
Wood (processing)
Meat packers
Bakeries
Breweries
Brickworks
Rubber (production and processing)
Carbide (manufacture and storage)
Ammunition factories
Carton board (production)
Quarries
Celluloid (manufacture of objects)
Cellulose (manufacture)
Coal (depots)
Pork products
Boiler-making works
Lime kilns
Rag (storage)
Chlorine (manufacture and storage)
Chrome-plating
Cement works
Coking plant
Adhesives (production)
Bottling lines
Liquid fuels (storage)
Fats (processing)
Leather (tanning and storage)
Copper (ore processing)
Paint stripping
Detergents (manufacture)
Distilleries
Electrolysis
Ink manufacturing
Fertilisers (manufacture and storage)
Explosives (manufacture and
storage)
Iron (production and processing)
Spinning mills
Furriers (beating process)
Cheese factories
Gas (production and storage)
Tar (processing)
Seed production
Metal engraving
Oils (extraction)
Petroleum products (manufacture)
Printworks
184
55
33
33
33
51
08
07
07
07
08
45
53
50
24/25
50
24/25
50
24
53
54
51
53
33
55
30
34
53
24/25
30
50
30
33
33
50
53
33
35
31v/33b
51
31
31
54
53
33
33
31
53
55
07
07
08
07
08
07
07
07
08
07
07
08
07
08
08
08
08
07
08
08
07
07
07
08
08
07
08
08
07
08
08
08
07
07
08
07
07
08
51
50
50
25
31
33
50
33
31
33v/34b
20
08
07
07
07
08
05
07
07
07
08
08
IP55
IP55/IK10
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
vv
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
vv
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
bb
Type of premises
Enclosures
Wall-mounted
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy

gasket
Floor-standing
enclosure
without door
with door
with door + canopy
IP30/IK07
IP30/IK08
IP31/IK08

gasket
IP43/IK08
Min. IP/IK
required
IP
IK
Industrial establishments (continued)
Dairies
25
07
25
07
Liqueurs (production)
21
07
bb
Halogenated liquids (use)
21
08
bb
Inflammable products (storage and

workshops where they are used)
21
08
bb
Magnesium (production, storage and 31

use)
08
bb
Machine rooms
20
08
Plastics (production)
51
08
Cabinet makers
50
08
Metals (processing)
31v/33b 08
bb
bb
bb
bb
vv
bb
Combustion engines (testing of)
30
08
Ammunition storage
33
08
bb
Nickel (ore processing)
33
08
bb
07
Household waste (processing)
54
33v/34b 07
Paper (storage)
31
bb
bb
vv
07
bb
bb
Perfume (production and storage)
31
07
Pulp mill
34/35
07
Paint (production and storage)
33
08
Plaster (processing and storage)
50
07
Gunpowder factory
55
08
Chemicals (production)
30v/50b 08
Oil refineries
34/35
07
Salt preserve factories
33
07
Soap (production)
31
07
Saw mills
50
08
Metalwork shops
30
08
Grain or sugar silos
50
07
Silk and artificial hair factories
50
08
Sodium carbonate (processing and

storage)
33
07
Sulphur (processing)
51
07
Spirits (storage)
33
07
IP55/IK10
bb
Public wash-houses
Paper (production)
IP55
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
vv
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
Sugar mills
55
07
bb
Tanners
35
07
bb
Dye works
35
07
bb
Textile and fabric (production)
51
08
Varnish (production and application)
33
08
Glass works
33
08
Zinc works
31
08
bb
bb
bb
bb
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
185
Properties of metal enclosures
Schneider Electric enclosures comply with standard IEC 62208 for empty
enclosures. The sheet metal used for Schneider Electric enclosures receives an
anti-corrosion epoxy electrophoresis treatment and a coating of a thermosetting,
polyester-resinmodified epoxy powder for colour and appearance.
This two-coat system provides excellent finish and corrosion protection.
The characteristics of this coating are much better than those of traditional epoxy
powders:
bb improved colour stability
bb wider operating temperature range.
Mechanical properties of enclosures

Static load on doors, wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures and
cubicles
Floor-standing enclosure
Wall-mounted enclosure
Floor-standing enclosure door
Wall-mounted enclosure door
64 kg
48 kg
4 kg
4 kg
Mechanical properties of powder coated surfaces

Test conditions
Test piece made of 1 mm thick steel sheet, degreased, iron phosphated, final
rinsing with 100000 W cm DI water, 15 microns of anti-corrosion
electrophoresis treatment and 35 microns of powder paint.
Adhesion (cross-hatch and pull-off)

Impact strength (1)
Mandrel bending test (2)
Persoz hardness
class 0 required
> 1 kg/50 cm
< 10 mm
300 s
(ISO 2409)
(ISO 6272)
(ISO 6860)
(ISO 1522)
(1) No cracking of the paint film after dropping a weight of one kilogram on the test piece from
a height of 50 centimetres.
(2) Film cracks over a length of 10 millimetres maximum.
Artificial ageing test on

powder coating
Test conditions: two tests carried out on the same

1 mm thick steel sheet test piece.
bb cyclical damp-heat test:
vv as per standard IEC 68-2-30
-- six 24-hour cycles at temperatures higher than 40 C
bb continuous resistance to neutral salt mist:
vv the tests were carried out over a period of 400 hours,
far more than the 48 hours required by the standard for
indoor installations
vv as per standard IEC 68-2-11 and ISO 7253
-- 400 hours without blistering for normal surface on
test piece
-- 250 hours for a scratched surface.
Evaluation of corrosion as per ISO 4628:
bb adhesion: class y 1
bb blistering: degree 1 dim.1
bb rusting: Ri 1
bb cracking: class 1
bb flaking imp. 1 dim. 1
bb propagation of corrosion under scratch with respect
to the scratch axis: 3 mm max.
Chemical properties of powder coating

Tests carried out at ambient temperature on phosphated test pieces coated
with a 150 to 200 micron film.
Test duration (months)
Acids
Bases
Water
Solvents
Acetic
Sulphuric
Nitric
Phosphoric
Hydrochloric
Lactic
Citric
Soda
Ammonia
Distilled water
Seawater
Tap water
Diluted bleach
Petrol
High alcohols
Aliphatics
Aromatics
Ketones, esters
Tri-perchlorethylene
Concentration
20 %
30 %
30 %
30 %
30 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10
12
Film intact.
Film damaged (blisters, yellowing, loss of shine).
186
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Thermal management
ofswitchboards
Thermal characteristics
General
A switchboard is designed for operation under normal ambient conditions.

Most devices do not operation correctly outside a temperature range of -10 and
+ 70 C.
It is therefore important to maintain the switchboard internal temperature within this
temperature range by:
bb correctly sizing the switchboard during design
bb correcting the temperature using suitable means.
Management of the internal temperature

Cooling
There are a number of way to dissipate heat from the switchboard.
The drawings below present the various means.
DD383635
Forced-air ventilation
DD383634
DD383633
Convection
IP > 31
IP y 31
Ensured naturally in Prisma enclosures.
Forced convection and

cooling
DD383638
DD383637
Forced-air ventilation
with air-air exchanger
IP y 54
Using fans, it significantly
increases the thermal
capacity of an enclosure.
?
IP > 31
On special request.
IP > 31
For these extreme cases, many installers prefer to set up the switchboards with
other electrotechnical and electronic devices in air-conditioned electrical rooms.
Heating
The means employed to raise the internal temperature in a switchboard is a
resistorbased heater, used to:
bb avoid condensation by limiting variations in temperature
bb ensure that the switchboard does not freeze.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
187
Thermal management
ofswitchboards
General
DD381401
Calculation of the internal temperature
Calculation of the temperature is the means to check that the enclosure can
evacuate the dissipated power of the installed devices.
DD383636
Important note
Correct thermal management of the switchboard depends on compliance with
the installation requirements for the distribution system (power circuits).
Incorrect installation will have major consequences on the connected device, but
almost none on the internal temperature of the enclosure.
Once the circuit has been correctly sized, it is necessary to check whether the
assembly (devices + distribution system + cables) have a level of dissipated power
P(W) y the P(W) that the enclosure can handle.
Method defined by IEC 890 technical report
This IEC guide for switchboards proposes a calculation method to determine three
levels of internal temperature, depending on the dissipated power of the devices and
distribution blocks installed in the switchboard.
Users can consult this document when it is necessary to determine precisely the
internal temperature in view of optimising the switchboard.
On request, Schneider Electric can carry out a thermal study to check that the
installed assembly and the thermal capacity of the enclosure are compatible.
DD382422
Comparative method
A number of qualified and tested configurations serve as the basis for indicating the
thermal capacity of Prisma enclosures.
This is en empirical means to check whether the dissipated power of the desired
configuration is close to that of a tested configuration.
Method using charts taking into account enclosure characteristics
To speed up calculations, Schneider Electric produces charts based on the
companys experience and a number of assumptions on the installation.
They can be used sufficiently precisely to determine the variations in temperature
and the dissipated-power levels for the different types of wall-mount enclosures,
floor-standing enclosures and cubicles.
188
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Thermal management
ofswitchboards
Comparative method
Comparative method
Pack enclosure, 3 rows, IP30

Diversity factor: 0.7
Ambient temperature around the switchboard:
35C
P(W) = 95 W
DD385261
You will have no problems with your switchboard if:

bb the volume of the enclosure is greater than that of the tested enclosure with a
similar assembly
bb the P(W) of the installed assembly is less than the P(W) of the tested configuration
in the same size enclosure.
Linergy FM 80 A
Linergy BW
125 A
C60N
or
IC60N
40 A
C60N
or
IC60N
32 A
Linergy BW
250 A
C60N
or
IC60N
25 A
C60N or
IC60N
25 A
C60N or
IC60N
40 A
Wall-mounted enclosure, 23 modules, IP30

Ambient temperature around the switchboard: 35C
P(W) = 170 W
C60N
or
IC60N
20 A
NSX250N
Linergy FM 200 A
C60N
or
IC60N
63 A
C60N
or
IC60N
50 A
C60N
or
IC60N
20 A
C60N
or
IC60N
50 A
C60N
or
IC60N
40 A
C60N
or
IC60N
32 A
C60N
or
IC60N
20 A
C60N
or
IC60N
20 A
Linergy FM 80 A
C60N
or
IC60N
40 A
Version : 4.0
C60N
or
IC60N
32 A
C60N
or
IC60N
20 A
12/04/2013
C60N
or
IC60N
25 A
189
Thermal management
ofswitchboards
Comparative method
Comparative method
Wall-mounted enclosure, 23 modules, plain door,

IP30
P(W) = 200 W
DD385263
You will have no problems with your switchboard if:

bb the volume of the enclosure is greater than that of the tested enclosure with a
similar assembly
bb the P(W) of the installed assembly is less than the P(W) of the tested configuration
in the same size enclosure.
Linergy BW
400 A
NSX400
NSX125N
NSX100N
Floor-standing enclosure, 33 modules, IP30

P(W) = 270 W
DD385264
Linergy FH, 80 A
Linergy BW
630 A
NSX630N
NSX250N
NSX250N
Linergy FH
C60a
or
IC60a
10 A
190
Version : 4.0
C60a
or
IC60a
10 A
C60a
or
IC60a
10 A
12/04/2013
C60a
or
IC60a
10 A
C60a
or
IC60a
10 A
Thermal management
ofswitchboards
Example
DD382423
Once the dissipated power of the devices has been determined and the enclosure
with its IP selected, transfer the results (sum of the dissipated power and width of the
device zone) to the chart corresponding to the enclosure IP.
Draw a line parallel to the others on the chart and read the corresponding difference
in temperature.
For the given example, the heat rise is 22 C at mid-height in the enclosure.
The internal temperature = external temperature + heat rise

= 35 C + 22 C = 57 C
57 C < 60 C stipulated by the standard, i.e. the result is acceptable for an IP3
cubicle.
This gives roughly:
Internal temperature = 60 C at mid-height in the enclosure for a low IP value.

= 70 C at mid-height in the enclosure for a high IP value.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
191
Thermal management
ofswitchboards
Charts
Quick calculation charts for internal temperatures

The indicated internal heat rise is that measured at mid-height in the enclosure.
IP43 wall-mounted enclosure

DD382433
DD382432
IP3X wall-mounted enclosure
IP3X floor-standing enclosure
IP43 floor-standing enclosure

DD382435
Test conditions:
600 mm wide enclosure mounted directly on wall
without fixing lugs.
DD382434
Test conditions:
without fixing lugs.
Test conditions:
600 mm wide enclosure on floor against a wall.
Test conditions:
Mounted on wall with fixing lugs or on mounting
uprights.
DD382436
IP55 wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures
Test conditions:
without fixing lugs or mounting uprights.
192
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Thermal management
ofswitchboards
Ventilation
Switchboard ventilation
The air enters the lower section via the fans and exits the upper section:
bb through a ventilated roof
bb or through a ventilation opening.
The air throughput of the fans is determined by the equation:
The chart below can be used to determine the necessary throughput, based on the
dissipated power, the difference in temperature (internal - external) and the exposed
surface area of the enclosure.
Example
Consider an IP3X cubicle, 650 mm wide and 400 mm deep, containing components
(devices, connections, busbars, etc.) dissipating 1000 W.
The ambient temperature around the cubicle is 50 C.
Given that the average temperature at mid-height should not exceed 60 C, the
difference in temperature DT is equal to 60 - 50 = 10 C.
The exposed surface of the cubicle (non adjacent to a wall or other cubicle) is
4.46m.
(back = 1.3 m, front = 1.3 m, roof = 0.26 m, side panels = 1.6 m).
What is the necessary throughput of the ventilation system?
The throughput can be calculated as:
DD381391
D=234m3/h.
In the range of Prisma accessories, select a system with a throughput of 300m3/h.
Calculation data
P : power dissipated by the devices, connections and busbars (in Watts)
Pr : power of the heating resistor (in Watts)
Tm : maximum internal temperature in the device zone (in C)
Ti : average internal temperature (in C)
Te : average external temperature (in C)
DTm =Tm Te
DT=Ti Te
S : total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed in m2)
K : thermal-conduction coefficient of the material (W/m2 C)
K = 5.5 W/m2 C for painted sheet metal
D : ventilation throughput (in m3/h)
Note: the dissipated power of each device is provided by the manufacturer.

Add approximately 30% to account for the connections and the busbars.
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
193
Thermal management
ofswitchboards
Heating
Switchboard heating
The heating resistor, placed in the bottom of the switchboard, maintains the internal
temperature 10 C higher than the external temperature.
When the switchboard is not in operation, the heater compensates the dissipated
power normally emitted by the switchboard.
The power of the heating resistor is calculated:
bb using the equation: Pr = (DT x S x K) - P
bb or using the charts below, based on the exposed surface area of the enclosure
and the desired difference in temperature.
DD381788
Chart to determine the heating resistor for small wall-mounted enclosures

(exposed surfaces y 1 m2)
DD381789
Chart to determine the heating resistor for all types of enclosures
Calculation data
P : power dissipated by the devices, connections and busbars (in Watts)
Pr : power of the heating resistor (in Watts)
Tm : maximum internal temperature in the device zone (in C)
Ti : average internal temperature (in C)
Te : average external temperature (in C)
DTm =Tm Te
DT=Ti Te
S : total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed in m2)
K : thermal-conduction coefficient of the material (W/m2 C)
K = 5.5 W/m2 C for painted sheet metal
D: ventilation throughput (in m3/h)
Note: the dissipated power of each device is provided by the manufacturer.

Add approximately 30 % to account for the connections and the busbars.
194
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
Practical information
Tools required for mounting

andconnection
DD383904
bb Vacuum cleaner to clean the switchboards

bb Ratchet wrench with sockets
bb Torque wrench with sockets and ring bits to tighten the electrical connections to
the correct torque (max. torque 50 Nm)
bb Open-ended spanners (15 to 27 mm)
bb Electrician's knife
bb 7, 8, 10, 13, 16, 17 and 19 mm sockets
bb Bit holder socket
bb 4, 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm hexagonal-head bits
bb Pozidriv no. 1, 2 and 3 bits
bb Rubber mallet
bb Level
bb Measurement and inspection tools and instruments
bb Drill
bb Semi-circuit nosed pliers
bb Cable-tie pliers
bb Wire stripper
bb Crimping tool
bb Diagonal cutter
bb Wire cutters
bb Flat-nosed pliers
bb Bit holder for screwdriver
bb Extension
bb Electric saw
bb Jig saw
bb Clamp for cubicle alignment
bb Buzzer or tester
bb 3, 5, 4, 5.5 and 8 mm flat screwdrivers
bb Posidriv no. 2 crosshead screwdriver (to mount handle)
bb Hydraulic jacks that can be operated in horizontal position to lift cubicles and move
them sideways if necessary
bb Coloured, indelible and temperature resistant acrylic varnish
bb Electric screwdriver
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
195
Notes
196
Version : 4.0
12/04/2013
35, rue Joseph Monier

CS 30323
92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex
France
RCS Nanterre 954 503 439
Capital social 896 313 776
www.schneider-electric.com
DESW015EN
As standards, specifications and designs change

from time to time, please ask for confirmation of the
information given in this publication.
Publication/Design: Schneider Electric Industries SAS
Photos: Schneider Electric Industries SAS
Printed:
This document has been

printed on ecological paper.
04-2013
2013 - Schneider Electric - All rights reserved.
Schneider Electric Industries SAS

DESW015EN

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DESW015EN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Low Voltage

Catalogue number index

Functional system Prisma

Front plates, rails,

Manuel srce. changeover

Circuit breaker Compact

Linergy system distribution and connections

Linergy Power busbars > p. 82

Floor standing enclosures

Installation > p. 115

Accessories > p. 146

Switchboard incomer > p. 50

Power supply block and

Power supply block and

Linergy system distribution and connections

Linergy TR, Linergy TB,

Linergy system distribution

Floor standing enclosures

Accessories > p. 130

Floor standing enclosures

> page 179

> page 187

> page 195

Catalogue number index

Cat. no. Designation

Diagram lines, 10 black mimic, W = 900 mm

Modular device rail

Adjustable modular device rail

Recessed modular device rail

Cat. no. Designation

Modular device rail, adjustable, L = 750 mm

Adjustable modular device rail, W=250 mm

Mount. plate for horizontal fixed NSX-INS250 with

34, 40, 42,

Catalogue number index

Cat. no. Designation

Captive nuts for M6 hexagonal spacers (20)

Modular front plate, 4 modules

Divisible blanking plates (4), W = 90 mm

NSX blanking plate elec. trip. unit

Cat. no. Designation

Front plate for vertical fixed Vigi NSX250, with toggle,

Transparent front plate, 6 modules

Transparent front plate, 9 modules

Transparent front plate, 12 modules

Plain front plate, 2 modules

Plain front plate, 3 modules

Plain front plate, 4 modules

Plain front plate, 5 modules

Plain front plate, 9 modules

Plain front plate, 2 modules, W = 250 mm

Plain front plate, 3 modules, W = 250 mm

Catalogue number index

Cat. no. Designation

Front plate for fan or grill

Linergy FM 4P dist. block 80 A

4P conn. Lin. BS stage BB/Lin. FM d.blk 200 A

63, 95, 152,

Cat. no. Designation

Connection between vertical NSX-INS630 in duct and

Catalogue number index

Cat. no. Designation

Horizontal trunking supports (12)

Horizontal partition for Pack enclosure

> Small companies

> Hotels, etc.